WO2023185636A1 - Image display method, and electronic devices - Google Patents

Image display method, and electronic devices Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023185636A1
WO2023185636A1 PCT/CN2023/083430 CN2023083430W WO2023185636A1 WO 2023185636 A1 WO2023185636 A1 WO 2023185636A1 CN 2023083430 W CN2023083430 W CN 2023083430W WO 2023185636 A1 WO2023185636 A1 WO 2023185636A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
electronic device
image
display
refresh rate
screen
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/083430
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杨光宇
彭权
徐俊
张强
任丛雅旭
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023185636A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023185636A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/14Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
    • G06F3/1454Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units involving copying of the display data of a local workstation or window to a remote workstation or window so that an actual copy of the data is displayed simultaneously on two or more displays, e.g. teledisplay
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/14Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T11/002D [Two Dimensional] image generation
    • G06T11/20Drawing from basic elements, e.g. lines or circles
    • G06T11/206Drawing of charts or graphs
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T5/00Image enhancement or restoration
    • G06T5/50Image enhancement or restoration using two or more images, e.g. averaging or subtraction
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T2207/00Indexing scheme for image analysis or image enhancement
    • G06T2207/20Special algorithmic details
    • G06T2207/20212Image combination
    • G06T2207/20221Image fusion; Image merging

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of terminal equipment, and in particular, to an image display method and electronic equipment.
  • the refresh rates of the display screens of different electronic devices may be different.
  • the refresh rate of the code stream is limited by the hardware refresh rate of the local terminal's display.
  • this application provides an image display method and electronic device.
  • the image drawing amount of the first electronic device can be increased, and based on the different refresh rates of the first electronic device and the second electronic device, the drawn image can be sent to the two electronic devices in different display cycles. device, thereby providing the second electronic device with a code stream higher than the screen refresh rate of the first electronic device.
  • embodiments of the present application provide an image display method, applied to a first electronic device, where the first electronic device is communicatively connected to a second electronic device.
  • the method includes: in response to the received image display request, the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to a first cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate; wherein the first refresh rate The refresh rate of the first display screen of the first electronic device, the second refresh rate of the second display screen of the second electronic device, the first refresh rate is less than the second refresh rate ;
  • the first electronic device draws multiple frames of first images according to the first cycle; the first electronic device displays the corresponding part of the first image to the first display screen according to the second cycle;
  • the first electronic device sends the corresponding part or all of the first image to the second electronic device according to a third period; wherein the second period is greater than the third period.
  • the communication connection method between the first electronic device and the second electronic device may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, server, etc.
  • both the first display screen and the second display screen support multiple refresh rate gears.
  • the first refresh rate is a refresh rate corresponding to the refresh rate gear of the first display screen
  • the second refresh rate is a refresh rate corresponding to the current refresh rate gear of the first display screen.
  • the multiple refresh rates (FPS) supported by the first display screen are 20, 40, and 60 respectively.
  • the first display screen The maximum FPS is 60.
  • the multiple refresh rates supported by the second display are 60, 90, and 120 respectively.
  • the maximum FPS of the second display is 120.
  • both the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate are adjustable, and can be adjusted at the refresh rate level supported by the corresponding display screen.
  • the traditional image drawing cycle is limited to the first refresh rate of the first display screen.
  • the traditional image drawing period may be the signal period T0 of the vertical synchronization signal (VSync signal) sampled by the first electronic device from the hardware.
  • VSync signal vertical synchronization signal
  • the traditional image drawing cycle can be changed, thereby changing the number of image drawing frames of the first electronic device in unit time (for example, 1 s).
  • the image drawing cycle can be shortened to a first period to increase the number of image drawing frames of the electronic device per unit time.
  • the first period may not be limited to the first refresh rate of the first display screen. .
  • the first electronic device when drawing multiple frames of first images according to the first cycle, can render the images according to the first cycle, and synthesize the rendered images according to the first cycle, so as to follow the first cycle.
  • the first cycle multiple first frames of images that can be displayed on the screen are obtained.
  • the first electronic device can obtain a frame of the first image to be displayed on the screen within a time period corresponding to a first period.
  • the first electronic device may, in response to the image display request, display the first display screen and the second display screen of the second electronic device according to the shortened first period.
  • the first image is sent and displayed according to the above-mentioned second cycle and third cycle respectively.
  • the image display request may be a multi-screen simultaneous display request. Then as long as the first electronic device receives a multi-screen simultaneous display operation with the second electronic device, the mobile phone responds to the image display request according to the above solution.
  • the user triggers a screen projection operation on the mobile phone (an example of an image display request), and the mobile phone can respond to the screen projection operation and automatically follow the above method to
  • the first image to be displayed on the screen is displayed on the display screens of the mobile phone and the TV in different cycles.
  • the first electronic device automatically sends images with differentiated display cycles according to the respective screen refresh rates of the first electronic device and the second electronic device connected through communication, so that the first electronic device can
  • the refresh rate of the image sent and displayed by the second electronic device may be higher than the first refresh rate of the first electronic device.
  • the image display request may also be an adaptive refresh request.
  • the system setting interface of the first electronic device has a preset switch, or the first electronic device has a preset virtual button, or the first electronic device has a switching icon, etc.
  • the user can cause the first electronic device to receive an adaptive refresh request, thereby drawing the first electronic device to be displayed according to the above method.
  • the image is transmitted and displayed with differentiated display cycles according to the respective screen refresh rates of the first electronic device and the second electronic device connected through communication, so that the refresh rate of the image transmitted by the first electronic device to the second electronic device is Can be higher than the first refresh rate of the first electronic device.
  • the application when the first electronic device performs the method of the first aspect, the application may not be distinguished. As long as it is an image to be displayed by the first electronic device, the method is performed according to the above method.
  • the first electronic device displays the corresponding part of the first image to the first display screen according to a second cycle, including: the first electronic device based on the first refresh rate and the The first period is determined to determine the second period; the first electronic device displays the corresponding part of the first image to the second period according to the second period.
  • a first display screen wherein the first image is refreshed and displayed on the first display screen at the first refresh rate.
  • the first electronic device may combine the screen refresh rate of the first electronic device and the modified image drawing cycle of the first electronic device to determine the display cycle (second cycle) of sending the image to the first electronic device, so as to be able to
  • the second cycle displays the first image of the drawing portion of the first electronic device to the first display screen. Then, on the first electronic device, the image can be refreshed and displayed according to the screen refresh rate of the first electronic device, and the refresh rate of the image is consistent with the screen refresh rate of the first electronic device.
  • the first electronic device includes a first display screen object; the first electronic device displays the corresponding part of the first image according to a second cycle.
  • the method includes: the first electronic device sends a first vertical synchronization signal to the first display screen object according to the second period, so that the first display screen object follows the second period.
  • the second cycle acquires part of the first image; wherein the first display screen object is used to manage the input data and output data of the first display screen; the first electronic device uses the first display screen object , display the corresponding part of the first image to the first display screen according to the second cycle.
  • the first electronic device can send the drawn part of the first image to the first display screen object according to the second cycle, so that on the first display screen corresponding to the first display screen object, the first image can be displayed according to the first refresh rate. show.
  • the refresh rate of the first image displayed by the first electronic device is consistent with the screen refresh rate of the first electronic device.
  • the first electronic device sends the corresponding part or all of the first image to the second electronic device for display according to a third cycle, including : The first electronic device determines a third period based on the second refresh rate and the first period; the first electronic device converts the corresponding part or all of the first image according to the third period. Sent to the second electronic device for display, wherein the first image is displayed on the second display screen at the second refresh rate.
  • the first electronic device may combine the screen refresh rate of the second electronic device and the modified image drawing cycle of the first electronic device to determine the display cycle (third cycle) for sending the image to the second electronic device, so that it can be based on
  • the first electronic device draws part or all of the first image and sends it to the second electronic device.
  • the image drawn by the first electronic device can be refreshed and displayed according to the screen refresh rate of the second electronic device.
  • the refresh rate of the image is consistent with the screen refresh rate of the second electronic device and is not affected by the first electronic device. Screen refresh rate limits for electronic devices.
  • the first electronic device includes a second display screen object; the first electronic device converts the corresponding part or all of the first display screen object according to the third cycle.
  • Sending the image to the second electronic device for display includes: the first electronic device sends a second vertical synchronization signal to the second display screen object according to the third cycle, so that the second display screen The object acquires part or all of the first image according to the third cycle; wherein the second display screen object is used to manage the input data and output data of the second display screen; the first electronic device passes the The second display screen object sends the corresponding part or all of the first image to the second electronic device according to the third cycle to display on the second display screen.
  • the first electronic device may send part or all of the first image drawn by the first electronic device to the second display screen object according to the third cycle, so that on the second display screen corresponding to the second display screen object, the first image Can be displayed at a second refresh rate.
  • the refresh rate of the first image displayed by the second electronic device is consistent with the screen refresh rate of the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to a first cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, including: the first When the electronic device acquires the image drawing cycle sampled from the first display screen, the first electronic device modifies the image drawing cycle to a first refresh rate based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate. period, wherein the image drawing period before modification is the reciprocal of the first refresh rate.
  • the first electronic device may shorten the image drawing cycle based on the relationship between the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate every time the image drawing cycle is sampled from the first display screen, so that the updated image drawing cycle The amount can satisfy the second refresh rate of the second electronic device when displaying images.
  • the first electronic device modifies the image drawing cycle every time the image drawing cycle is sampled from the first display screen of the hardware, and can dynamically implement calibration of the image drawing cycle based on the hardware signal.
  • the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to a first cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, including: the first The electronic device determines a third refresh rate based on the least common multiple of the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate; the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to the A first period, wherein the first period is the reciprocal of the third refresh rate.
  • the time intervals between different frame images displayed by the first electronic device and the second electronic device are uniform, which can make the first electronic device and the second electronic device
  • the picture display quality of electronic equipment is optimal and the best display performance can be achieved.
  • the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to a first cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, including: the first The electronic device determines a first period based on the maximum refresh rate among the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate; the first electronic device shortens the image drawing period to the first period; wherein, The first period is the reciprocal of the second refresh rate.
  • the second electronic device with a screen refresh rate of the maximum refresh rate can be used to display the same time interval between frames in the image, so that Improve screen display quality.
  • the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to a first cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, including: the first The electronic device determines a fourth refresh rate based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, wherein the fourth refresh rate is greater than the maximum refresh rate among the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate; An electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to the first cycle based on the fourth refresh rate, wherein the first cycle is the reciprocal of the fourth refresh rate.
  • the requirement for the image rendering capability of the first electronic device can be reduced to a certain extent, so as to reduce the load of the first electronic device.
  • the first image includes a second image, wherein the ratio of the number of the second image to the number of the first image is the The ratio of the first refresh rate to the second refresh rate; the first electronic device displays the corresponding part of the first image according to the second cycle
  • the method includes: the first electronic device displays the second image to the first display screen according to a second cycle; and the first electronic device displays the corresponding part or Sending all the first images to the second electronic device includes: the first electronic device sending the multiple frames of first images to the second electronic device according to a third cycle.
  • the FPS of the first display screen is 60 and the FPS of the second display screen is 120.
  • the first electronic device can draw 120 frames of the first image, where all 120 frames of the first image are drawn.
  • the images of 60 frames out of 120 frames are sent to the first display screen for display. In this way, differentiated display of the first electronic device and the second electronic device is achieved.
  • the first electronic device responds to the received image display request and shortens the image drawing cycle to a third refresh rate based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate.
  • One cycle includes: the first electronic device receives an image display request for the first application; the first electronic device responds to the image display request, based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, The image drawing cycle of the first application is shortened to the first cycle, wherein the first image is an image to be displayed by the first application on the first display screen.
  • the first application may be an application with a screen casting function, an application with a screen sharing function, a music playing application, a video playing application, a photo album application, etc. This application does not limit this.
  • the image display request may not be an operation triggered by an application, but may be an operation triggered by the system of the first electronic device.
  • the image display request may be a quick access to the mobile phone system (such as screen casting). Quick entry) operation.
  • the shortcut entry may include, but is not limited to, the preset virtual keys, preset switches, switching icons, etc. exemplified in the first aspect.
  • the first electronic device can shorten the image drawing cycle of the first application, and send the image to be displayed of the first application to the first electronic device and the second electronic device for display according to different display cycles. This enables application display content to be displayed at different refresh rates on different electronic devices.
  • the first electronic device includes a first camera, and the first image is an image collected by the first camera.
  • the first electronic device can display the images captured by the first camera (the former camera or the rear camera) in real time on the first electronic device and the second device at different refresh rates in scenes such as video calls, video conferences, and live broadcasts.
  • the first camera the former camera or the rear camera
  • the second device at different refresh rates in scenes such as video calls, video conferences, and live broadcasts.
  • the first application includes any one of the following applications: a video call application, a video conferencing application, and a live broadcast application.
  • the number of the second electronic devices is one or more.
  • the second refresh rates of each of the multiple second electronic devices may be combined. , to determine the relevant The information and methods are the same and will not be repeated here.
  • the number of first electronic devices may be one or more.
  • inventions of the present application provide an electronic device.
  • the electronic device includes: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the first aspect and a method in any implementation of the first aspect.
  • embodiments of the present application provide an image display system.
  • the system includes: the electronic device described in the second aspect.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable medium for storing a computer program.
  • the electronic device When the computer program is run on an electronic device, the electronic device causes the electronic device to execute the first aspect and the first aspect. method in any embodiment.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a chip, which includes one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and provide them to the processor.
  • the processor sends the signal, and the signal includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is caused to execute the first aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product When the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the first aspect and any one of the embodiments of the first aspect. method in.
  • Figure 1 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of an exemplary electronic device
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the software structure of an exemplary electronic device
  • Figure 3a is a schematic diagram of a process of displaying a frame of image on an exemplary electronic device
  • Figure 3b is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of the electronic device
  • Figure 3c is a schematic diagram illustrating the interaction of two electronic devices
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a screen projection scenario of an electronic device in traditional technology
  • Figure 5a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary image display process of an electronic device
  • Figure 5b is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of the electronic device
  • Figure 5c is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of the electronic device
  • Figure 5d is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of the electronic device
  • Figure 5e is a schematic diagram of an exemplary frame drawing and display process of an electronic device
  • Figure 5f is a schematic diagram of an exemplary frame drawing and display process of an electronic device
  • Figure 6a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary frame drawing and display process of an electronic device
  • Figure 6b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary frame drawing and display process of an electronic device
  • Figure 6c is a schematic diagram of an exemplary frame drawing and display process of an electronic device
  • Figure 6d is a schematic diagram of an exemplary frame drawing and display process of an electronic device
  • Figure 7a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary image display process of an electronic device
  • Figure 7b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary image display process of an electronic device
  • Figure 7c is a schematic diagram of an exemplary image display process of an electronic device
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an exemplary electronic device
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an exemplary electronic device
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an exemplary electronic device
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an exemplary electronic device
  • Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and they exist alone. B these three situations.
  • first and second in the description and claims of the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific order of objects.
  • first target object, the second target object, etc. are used to distinguish different target objects, rather than to describe a specific order of the target objects.
  • multiple processing units refer to two or more processing units; multiple systems refer to two or more systems.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 1 is only an example of an electronic device.
  • the electronic device 100 may be a terminal, which may also be called a terminal device.
  • the terminal may be a cellular phone or a tablet computer.
  • Devices with media data playback functions such as (pads), wearable devices or Internet of Things devices are not limited by this application.
  • the electronic device 100 may have more or fewer components than shown in the figure, may combine two or more components, or may have different component configurations.
  • the various components shown in Figure 1 may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • the electronic device 100 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2.
  • Mobile communication module 150 wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, And subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyro sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) wait.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • baseband processor baseband processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • different processing units can be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 .
  • the controller can generate operation control signals based on the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • the processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have been recently used or recycled by processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instructions or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
  • processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • Interfaces may include integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, pulse code modulation (PCM) interface, universal asynchronous receiver and transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, user Identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and/or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous receiver and transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones to play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices, etc.
  • the interface connection relationships between the modules illustrated in the embodiments of the present application are only schematic illustrations and do not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection methods in the above embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection methods.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 .
  • the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also provide power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
  • the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, internal memory 121, external memory, display screen 194, camera 193, wireless communication module 160, etc.
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance) and other parameters.
  • the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example: Antenna 1 can be reused as a diversity antenna for a wireless LAN. In other embodiments, antennas may be used in conjunction with tuning switches.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide solutions for wireless communication including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the electronic device 100 .
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, perform filtering, amplification and other processing on the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be disposed in the processor 110 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
  • a modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low-frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium-high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal.
  • the demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the application processor communicates via the audio device (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B etc.) output sound signals, or display images or videos through the display screen 194.
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), and global navigation satellites.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • System global navigation satellite system, GNSS
  • frequency modulation frequency modulation, FM
  • near field communication technology near field communication, NFC
  • infrared technology infrared, IR
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, frequency modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the electronic device 100 implements display functions through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the GPU is an image processing microprocessor and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc.
  • Display 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can use a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light).
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the electronic device 100 may also be a projector.
  • the electronic device may or may not include a display screen 194 based on the display characteristics of the projector.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement the shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object passes through the lens to produce an optical image that is projected onto the photosensitive element.
  • the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement the data storage function. Such as saving music, videos, etc. files in external memory card.
  • Internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions.
  • the processor 110 executes instructions stored in the internal memory 121 to execute various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 .
  • the internal memory 121 may include a program storage area and a data storage area. Among them, the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required for a function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.).
  • the storage data area may store data created during use of the electronic device 100 (such as audio data, phone book, etc.).
  • the internal memory 121 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash memory (universal flash storage, UFS), etc.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the headphone interface 170D, and the application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signals. Audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 .
  • the buttons 190 include a power button, a volume button, etc.
  • Key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100 .
  • the motor 191 can generate vibration prompts.
  • the motor 191 can be used for vibration prompts for incoming calls and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations for different applications can correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • the motor 191 can also respond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194 .
  • Different application scenarios such as time reminders, receiving information, alarm clocks, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also be customized.
  • the indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate charging status, power changes, or may be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, etc.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be connected to or separated from the electronic device 100 by inserting it into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling it out from the SIM card interface 195 .
  • the electronic device 100 can support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card, etc. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the plurality of cards may be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with external memory cards.
  • the electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as calls and data communications.
  • the electronic device 100 uses an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100 .
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of this application takes the Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 .
  • FIG. 2 is a software structure block diagram of the electronic device 100 according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture of the electronic device 100 divides the software into several layers, and each layer has clear roles and division of labor.
  • the layers communicate through software interfaces.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom: application layer, application framework layer, Android runtime and system libraries, and kernel layer.
  • the application layer can include a series of application packages.
  • the application package can include camera, gallery, calendar, calling, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message and other applications.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (API) and programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • API application programming interface
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer can include window manager, content provider, view system, phone manager, resource manager, notification manager, logic manager, etc.
  • a window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can obtain the display size, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, capture the screen, etc.
  • the logic manager may include at least one display screen object, and manage the input and output of the corresponding display screen (not limited to the display screen of this electronic device) through each display screen object.
  • the electronic device 100 can create a corresponding display screen 194 in the logic manager. display object.
  • the display screen 194 on which the electronic device 100 operates may include at least one display screen.
  • the first electronic device may have a single screen (including a home screen), then the logical manager may include a display screen object marked as the home screen.
  • the first electronic device may have a double-sided screen (including a main screen and a back screen), then the logical manager may include a display screen object marked as the main screen and a display screen object marked as the back screen.
  • the first electronic device may have a folding screen (including a first screen and a second screen), then the logical manager may include a display screen object marked as the first screen and a display screen marked as the second screen. object.
  • the first electronic device of the present application can be connected to at least one second electronic device (where the second electronic device includes a display screen) through HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface), and the first If the electronic device and the second electronic device are in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, the logic manager may further include at least one display screen object marked as a wired screen.
  • HDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface
  • the electronic device 1 of the present application is connected to the electronic device 2 and the electronic device 3 through HDMI.
  • the logic manager may further include a display screen object labeled wired screen 1 (corresponding to the display screen of the electronic device 2) and a display object labeled wired screen 1.
  • the display screen object of the wired screen 2 (corresponding to the display screen of the electronic device 3).
  • the first electronic device of the present application can communicate with at least one third electronic device in a wireless manner, and the first electronic device and the third electronic device are in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario.
  • the logical manager may then further include at least one display screen object labeled virtual screen.
  • the electronic device 1 of the present application communicates with the electronic device 4 through Wi-Fi and uses a screen projection protocol.
  • the logical manager may further include a display object labeled virtual screen 1 (corresponding to the display of the electronic device 4 Screen).
  • the logic manager may further include a display screen object marked as a virtual screen, and the display screen object marked as a virtual screen is the first screen object for recording.
  • a display simulated by the screen of an electronic device (such as a home screen).
  • Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make this data accessible to applications.
  • Said data can include videos, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone books, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text, controls that display pictures, etc.
  • a view system can be used to build applications.
  • the display interface can be composed of one or more views.
  • a display interface including a text message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
  • the phone manager is used to provide communication functions of the electronic device 100 .
  • call status management including connected, hung up, etc.
  • the resource manager provides various resources to applications, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, etc.
  • the notification manager allows applications to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages and can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction.
  • the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, etc.
  • the notification manager can also be notifications that appear in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of charts or scroll bar text, such as notifications for applications running in the background, or notifications that appear on the screen in the form of conversation windows. For example, text information is prompted in the status bar, a beep sounds, the electronic device vibrates, the indicator light flashes, etc.
  • the system library and runtime layer include system libraries and Android Runtime.
  • System libraries can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media libraries (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), Android layer synthesis module (Android SurfaceFlinger), etc.
  • the 3D graphics library is used to implement three-dimensional graphics drawing, image rendering, composition and layer processing, etc.
  • the Android runtime includes core libraries and a virtual machine.
  • the Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library contains two parts: one is the functional functions that need to be called by the Java language, and the other is the core library of Android.
  • the application layer and application framework layer run in virtual machines.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and application framework layer into binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection and other functions.
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as static image files, etc.
  • the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, composition, and layer processing.
  • 2D Graphics Engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the layer synthesis module (SurfaceFlinger) is used to receive the signal period of the VSync signal sampled by the display screen 194 in Figure 1 .
  • the layer synthesis module is also used to modify the signal period, perform layer synthesis according to the modified signal period, and differentiate the synthesized images to be displayed on the screen to different display screen objects.
  • the specific processing process will be described in detail in the following embodiments.
  • the layer composition module may be an Android layer composition module.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
  • the components included in the system framework layer, system library and runtime layer shown in Figure 2 do not constitute specific limitations on the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figures, or some components may be combined, some components may be separated, or some components may be arranged differently.
  • the refresh rate of the display screen of electronic devices is also getting higher and higher.
  • the picture (static or dynamic picture) displayed on the display screen of the electronic device consists of static pictures that are constantly refreshed frame by frame.
  • the higher the refresh rate of an electronic device the more information the display can display in 1 second.
  • the mobile phone uses a single buffer to display images.
  • the image drawing process and the screen refresh process of the image use the same buffer. If the refresh rate of the screen is inconsistent with the drawing frequency of the image, it may cause two picture areas to be displayed on the screen at the same time, where the two picture areas belong to different image frames, causing the image displayed on the screen to appear split.
  • FIG. 3a illustrates the process of an electronic device using a double buffer to display each frame of image.
  • the mobile phone may include an application program, a layer composition module, a logic manager, as well as a buffer A for drawing images and a buffer B for displaying images.
  • the application here is the application to which the interface currently displayed on the mobile phone screen belongs.
  • the application program may be an application installed on the mobile phone, or may be a system application (for example, an application that provides a mobile phone desktop), which is not limited in this application.
  • the main interface displayed on the mobile phone screen may include the icon interface 201 shown in (1) of Figure 3b, the system notification bar interface 202 shown in (2) of Figure 3b, and the system notification bar interface 202 shown in (2) of Figure 3b.
  • the icon interface 201 may include a desktop background image 2013 and a plurality of icons. Here, application icons, power icons, network icons, etc. are shown.
  • the mobile phone can execute the process shown in Figure 3a to realize the display of one frame of the main interface.
  • a VSync (vertical synchronization) signal is introduced in the electronic device.
  • the layer synthesis module can receive the signal period T0 of the VSync signal, and the layer synthesis module can send the VSync signal to the above-mentioned application program, so that the application program draws the image in the buffer A, wherein each time the application program receives a VSync signal, execute Drawing of a frame of image.
  • the application can call the CPU or GPU to create a corresponding number of queues in buffer A to achieve parallel drawing of different layers in one frame of image.
  • the application program can call the CPU to render window 1 in the queue 11 in the buffer to draw the status bar interface 203 shown in (4) of Figure 3b, and Window 2 is rendered in queue 12 to draw the system notification bar interface 202 shown in (2) of Figure 3b, and window 3 is rendered in queue 13 to draw the icon interface 201 shown in (1) of Figure 3b.
  • the desktop background image 2013 is rendered, and the window 4 is rendered in the queue 14 to draw each icon in the icon interface 201 shown in (1) of Figure 3b.
  • the application can draw different windows in the main interface in parallel in buffer A by calling the CPU or GPU.
  • the execution process of other queues in buffer A is the same to achieve parallel rendering of different windows of the image and improve the rendering efficiency of the image.
  • the user can slide down from the left half area at the top of the screen shown in (1) of Figure 3b to display the system notification bar interface 202 shown in (2) of Figure 3b, and from The right half area at the top of the screen shown in (3) slides down to display the status bar interface 203 shown in (4) of Figure 3b.
  • the system notification bar interface 202 and the status bar interface 203 are processed by layer synthesis.
  • the application can call the CPU to render window 1 (here is the status bar) in queue 11 and window 2 (here is the system) rendered in queue 12 notification bar), written to the queue 21 in the buffer B to perform layer synthesis, so as to present the display of the status bar interface 203 and the system notification bar interface 202 as shown in FIG. 3b.
  • the application can also call the CPU to write the window 3 (here, the desktop background image) that has been rendered in the queue 13 and the window 4 (here, the desktop icon) that has been rendered in the queue 14 to the buffer B. Queue 22 within.
  • the layer synthesis module can call the CPU or GPU to perform layer synthesis on the status bar and system notification bar in the queue 21 , and write the layer-composited image into the queue 22 .
  • the layer synthesis module can perform hardware synthesis on the desktop background image, desktop icons, and layer-composited images in the queue 22, so as to obtain a frame of the main interface image that can be displayed on the screen in the queue 22.
  • it is with the mobile phone.
  • the screen resolution of the image is the same size.
  • the layer synthesis module synthesizes the rendered image (layer synthesis and hardware synthesis in sequence). deal with). Finally, the layer synthesis module provides the hardware-synthesized image to be displayed on the screen to the corresponding display screen object in the logic manager (for example, display screen object 1 corresponding to the main screen), and display screen object 1 can be read from the cache area B.
  • the image to be uploaded is displayed on the screen, so that the main screen of the mobile phone can display any interface shown in (1) to (4) in Figure 3b.
  • the layer synthesis module can also send the layer-synthesized image and the image to be hardware-synthesized obtained from buffer A to the hardware synthesis module (a module belonging to the hardware abstraction layer) to implement image synthesis.
  • Hardware synthesis and can read the hardware synthesis result of the image from the hardware synthesis module to provide it to the corresponding display object.
  • the window manager in the frame layer of the application in Figure 2 can also be used to notify the layer management module of the mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship is between the rendered window in buffer A and the one displayed in the logical manager
  • the mapping relationship of screen objects The mutually mapped window and display screen object indicate that the window is used to send display to the display screen corresponding to the display screen object, that is, the window content required for a frame of image that the display screen needs to display.
  • the layer management module can call the CPU (or GPU) to synthesize the windows required for each display screen object according to the above-mentioned mapping relationship provided by the window manager to obtain the on-screen image of each display screen object.
  • the images to be displayed on the screen required by different display screen objects in the logic manager may be different or the same, and this application does not limit this.
  • the layer synthesis module can perform layer synthesis and hardware synthesis according to the windows required by each display screen object, so as to obtain A frame of image to be displayed on the screen to be sent to each display screen object.
  • the layer management module can serially synthesize the images to be displayed on each display screen object, and this application does not limit this.
  • the layer synthesis module can not only send a VSync signal to the application program to notify the application program to render a frame of image, but also send a VSync signal to each in the logic manager.
  • the display screen object is used to display the images to be displayed on the screen in buffer B.
  • the layer synthesis module can send a VSync signal to each display screen object in the logic manager to notify the display screen object to read its respective frame of image to be displayed on the screen from the corresponding queue in buffer B.
  • the mobile phone can send a VSync signal to the application through the layer synthesis module to achieve the rendering, layer synthesis, hardware synthesis of a frame of image, and through Send a VSync signal to the display object in the logic manager to realize the display of a frame of image after hardware synthesis, thereby realizing double buffer data exchange.
  • the FPS (Frames per Seconds) of a mobile phone's display can have multiple levels, such as 10, 20, 40, and 60. Among them, the maximum FPS of a mobile phone's display is 60.
  • the layer synthesis module can sample the signal period of the VSync signal corresponding to the gear from the hardware (such as the display screen). For the convenience of explanation, the full text of this application uses the current value of the mobile phone's display screen. FPS is at the highest gear as an example to illustrate.
  • the sending period of the VSync signal is the signal period T0 sampled from the hardware.
  • the signal period T0 is the reciprocal of the current FPS of the mobile phone screen. For example, the current FPS of the mobile phone's main screen is 60, then the signal period T0 is 1/60.
  • the mobile phone display is limited by the hardware display, and its maximum FPS is 60. Then the signal period T0 is also limited by the hardware of the mobile phone screen, so that the application can only render up to 60 frames per second. .
  • the layer synthesis module sends VSync signals to each display screen object in the logic manager, it also sends VSync signals to each display screen object according to the unified signal period T0 to notify each display.
  • the screen objects obtain their respective images to be displayed on the screen in buffer B. Then the display screen corresponding to each display screen object can only display up to 60 frames of images per second.
  • the mobile phone shown in Figure 3b communicates with the router through Wi-Fi data connection, the TV and the router are connected through Wi-Fi data, then the user can operate the mobile phone in Figure 3b to project the content displayed on the mobile phone screen to the TV screen for display.
  • the screen refresh rate of the mobile phone is 60 frames/s
  • the FPS of the display screen of the mobile phone is 60
  • the FPS of the display screen of the TV is 120.
  • the mobile phone can be called the local end
  • the TV can be called the opposite end.
  • the status bar interface 203 may include multiple controls, such as icons for shortcut switches of multiple system functions, such as the "Airplane Mode” shortcut switch icon and the "Mobile Data” shortcut switch icon. , “Mute” shortcut switch icon, “Auto-rotate” shortcut switch icon, “Do Not Disturb” shortcut switch icon, “Screen Recording” shortcut switch icon, “Super Power Saving” shortcut switch icon, “Wireless Screen Mirroring” shortcut switch icon 2031 wait.
  • the window 2011 includes an icon 2012 of a screen-casting device searched by the mobile phone (here, the TV in the living room).
  • the display screen object 2 here corresponds to the display screen shown in Figure 3a.
  • the screen of the TV shown in Figure 4; in some embodiments, the logic manager also includes a display screen object 1, for example, display 1 marked as the main screen.
  • the display screen object 1 here corresponds to the screen of the mobile phone shown in Figure 4.
  • the mobile phone after the mobile phone receives the signal period T0, in traditional technology, the mobile phone can respond to the user's operation of clicking the icon 2012 in (5) of Figure 3b, and send the VSync signal to the application according to the signal period T0, and Send the VSync signal to display screen object 1 and display screen object 2 according to the signal period T0.
  • the application can draw up to 60 frames of images per second, and both the display screen object 1 corresponding to the main screen and the display screen object 2 corresponding to the virtual screen can obtain up to 60 frames of images per second.
  • the mobile phone can transmit the image obtained by the display screen object 2 as a screen projection code stream to the TV through the Wi-Fi network, and display the image obtained by the display screen object 1 on the phone screen.
  • the display content of the mobile phone screen is the icon interface 201 as shown in Figure 3b, and the display content of the TV screen is also the icon interface 201.
  • the mobile phone screen can display 60 frames of images per second, and the frequency of the code stream sent by the mobile phone to the TV as screen projection content is also 60 frames/s.
  • the current FPS of the TV screen is 120 (the maximum FPS of the TV screen is 120), because the frequency of drawing images at the local end is limited by the signal period T0 of the VSync signal sampled from the hardware, the TV as the peer end
  • the media data can only be displayed according to the screen refresh rate of the local end.
  • the code stream transmitted by the peer cannot be displayed according to the peer's own screen refresh rate. Therefore, in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, when the screen refresh rate of the local end is lower than the screen refresh rate of the opposite end, the local end can only draw frames and send display according to the screen refresh rate of the local end, but the opposite end does not perform image processing. of drawing. In these cases, the local end with a lower refresh rate cannot provide a code stream higher than the local refresh rate to the opposite end.
  • the local end can only provide a code stream with the same refresh rate as the local end to the opposite end for display, but cannot provide a code stream that exceeds the local end's screen refresh rate
  • this application An electronic device is provided that can break through the screen refresh rate limit of the local terminal and draw frames to achieve high refresh rate display of media data on the opposite terminal.
  • the multi-screen simultaneous display scenarios applied to the electronic device of the present application may include but are not limited to the following scenarios: screen projection, screen recording, video calls, live broadcasts, video conferencing, super terminals, multi-screen collaboration and other scenarios.
  • the number of local terminals is at least one, and the number of opposite terminals is at least one.
  • the local end can be an electronic device that produces a code stream of media data and displays the code stream
  • the opposite end can be an electronic device that receives the code stream produced by the local end and displays the code stream.
  • the media type of the media data may include but is not limited to: still images, videos, etc.
  • the local terminal and the opposite terminal may be the same electronic device.
  • the electronic device that performs the screen casting operation is the local end, and the electronic device that receives the screen casting code stream is the opposite end.
  • the electronic device that shares the video picture is the local end
  • the electronic device that receives the code stream of the video picture sent by the local end is the opposite end.
  • the electronic device that performs the live broadcast operation is the local end
  • the electronic device that receives the code stream of the live video sent by the local end is the opposite end.
  • the electronic device that shares the video picture is the local end
  • the electronic device that receives the code stream of the video picture sent by the local end is the opposite end.
  • the electronic device that shares the video picture is the local end
  • the electronic device that receives the code stream of the video picture sent by the local end is the opposite end.
  • the local end and the opposite end may be electric cars
  • the electronic device sharing the video picture may be an electric car
  • the electronic device receiving the video picture may be another electric car.
  • the video screen of this application can be shared or received through the screen of an electric car.
  • the local end can be an electric car and the opposite end can be a mobile phone.
  • the electric car can share video images to the mobile phone for multi-screen simultaneous display.
  • the local terminal can be a mobile phone, the opposite terminal can be an electric car, and the mobile phone can share Video images can be displayed simultaneously on multiple screens in electric vehicles.
  • the electronic device sharing the image can serve as the local end, and the electronic device receiving the code stream (image stream or video stream) can serve as the peer end.
  • the electronic device serving as the local end and the electronic device serving as the peer end are both adjustable. For example, the same electronic device can be switched from the local end to the opposite end, the same electronic device can also be switched from the opposite end to the local end, and the same electronic device can also be used as both the local end and the opposite end.
  • mobile phone 1, mobile phone 2 and mobile phone 3 communicate and connect for video conference.
  • mobile phone 1 shares video footage to mobile phone 2 and mobile phone 3, then mobile phone 1 serves as the local end, and mobile phone 2 and mobile phone 3 are both opposite ends.
  • the images displayed by the three mobile phones are all video images shared by mobile phone 1.
  • mobile phone 2 also starts to share the video screen, then mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 both share their respective video screens in the video conference. So in this scenario, mobile phone 2 also serves as the local end, mobile phone 3 is still the opposite end, and mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 both serve as the local end for sharing video images.
  • mobile phone 1 can also receive and display the video screen shared by mobile phone 2, so mobile phone 1 can not only serve as the local end, but also serve as the opposite end.
  • mobile phone 2 can also receive and display the video screen shared by mobile phone 1, so mobile phone 2 not only serves as the local end, but also serves as the opposite end.
  • Figure 5a is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary image display process of an electronic device in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario.
  • the image display process can be understood in conjunction with the screen projection scenarios of Figures 5b to 5d.
  • the drawing image and the layer synthesis module to synthesize the image in Figure 5a, as well as the data exchange process between the buffer area A and the buffer area B, please refer to the description in Figure 3a. The principles are similar and will not be described again here.
  • the process may include the following steps:
  • the display interface 200 of the mobile phone may include at least one control.
  • the control includes but is not limited to: a network icon control, a power icon control, an application icon control, etc.
  • the application icon control may include the Huawei Video icon control 2013.
  • the mobile phone may launch the Huawei Video application in response to the user operation and display the display interface 301 as shown in (2) of Figure 5b.
  • the display interface 301 is the video playback interface of the Huawei video application.
  • the display interface 301 may include at least one control, which includes but is not limited to: playback progress bar control 402, playback progress control 404, current Play time control 403, video duration control 406, play pause control 405, screen projection control 302.
  • the mobile phone can respond to the user operation by pausing or starting the playback of the video played in the display interface 301.
  • the playback duration control 406 is used to represent the total duration of the video played in the display interface 301 (here, it is 50 minutes).
  • the current playback time control 403 is used to represent the current playback progress of the video played in the display interface 301, and the corresponding playback time point in the above total duration (referred to as the current playback time point, here is 0 minutes and 0 seconds).
  • the mobile phone can adjust the playback progress of the video played in the display interface 301 in response to the user's operation.
  • the user clicks the screen projection control 302.
  • the mobile phone can display the display interface 301 shown in (3) of Figure 5b.
  • the display interface 301 can further include: Control 303 displays the name of the device that can project the screen (here is the TV in the living room).
  • the control 303 also includes Option Control 304.
  • the user can click the option control 304, and the mobile phone can respond to the user operation, as shown in Figure 5c and Figure 5d, to connect the mobile phone to the TV through Wi-Fi, and the mobile phone can display the video content on the mobile phone screen in real time through the screen projection protocol.
  • the video stream is projected to the TV screen for simultaneous display.
  • the mobile phone in response to the user clicking the option control 304 shown in (3) of Figure 5b, can obtain the screen of the TV from the TV through the device connection protocol (here, the screen casting protocol) between the opposite end and the local end.
  • Refresh rate for example, the peer's FPS for short.
  • the FPS of the opposite end is 120.
  • the mobile phone can also create a display screen object 2 (for example, display 2 marked as a virtual screen) in the logic manager in response to the user's operation of the clickable option control 304.
  • the logical manager also includes a mobile phone display screen object 1 (for example, display 1 marked as the main screen), where the display screen object 1 is used to manage the input and output of the mobile phone screen.
  • the display screen object 2 is used to manage the input and output of the TV screen shown in Figure 5c and Figure 5d.
  • the layer synthesis module of the mobile phone can periodically obtain sampling data of the VSync signal period (such as 00001000001, where 1 indicates that the VSync signal needs to be sent) from the display hardware of the mobile phone (such as a liquid crystal display (LCD, Liquid Crystal Display) , 0 means no VSync signal needs to be sent), the layer synthesis module can regularly obtain the signal period T0 of the VSync signal from the LCD.
  • the layer synthesis module can only periodically send VSync signals to applications and display objects according to the signal period T0 sampled from the LCD, so that the image drawing rate and refresh rate are affected by the VSync sampled from the hardware locally.
  • the signal period limit of the signal can only periodically send VSync signals to applications and display objects according to the signal period T0 sampled from the LCD, so that the image drawing rate and refresh rate are affected by the VSync sampled from the hardware locally.
  • the layer synthesis module can modify the signal period T0 (here 1/60) sampled from the local hardware based on the FPS of the opposite end obtained from the opposite end (here 120). , the first period T11 is obtained.
  • the layer synthesis module can modify the signal period T0 of the VSync signal sampled from the hardware, and the modified image drawing period is T11. Then when the mobile phone performs image rendering and image synthesis, it is performed according to T11. Then for each T11, the mobile phone can get one frame of image to be displayed on the screen, and then the mobile phone can draw multiple frames of images according to T11.
  • the periodic signal in the form of hardware sent by the LCD to the layer synthesis module cannot be modified, but the layer synthesis module can convert the periodic signal in the form of hardware into a periodic signal in the form of software, and then, the software periodic signal T0 Make modifications so that the periodic signal in the modified software form is T11. Then the layer synthesis module can notify the application program to draw frames according to the first period T11, so that the drawing frequency of the application program is not limited by the periodic signal T0 sampled by the hardware.
  • the layer synthesis module can modify the periodic signal in the form of software every time it receives the periodic signal in the hardware form of the LCD, thereby achieving regular calibration.
  • the effect of the signal period of the VSync signal prevents problems such as screen blur.
  • the layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to the application program according to the first period T11.
  • the application here is the application corresponding to the interface currently displayed on the mobile phone screen, here it is the Huawei video application.
  • the application renders the image according to the first cycle T11.
  • the layer synthesis module synthesizes the image according to the first cycle T11.
  • the local terminal can draw multiple frames of images (for example, the first image) according to the first period T11.
  • the current FPS of the local end is 60 and the current FPS of the opposite end is 120.
  • the layer synthesis module modifies the signal period of the VSync signal, it can modify it through two strategies, corresponding to the different modification strategies of the signal period. There are also differences in the strategies for displaying the main screen and the virtual screen. For example, strategy 1 may be a least common multiple strategy. Strategy 2 can be a strategy higher than the maximum FPS.
  • the layer synthesis module can determine the target FPS when modifying the signal period, where T11 is the reciprocal of the target FPS. .
  • the target FPS can be 120, and the layer synthesis module can shorten the signal period of the VSync signal by half.
  • the layer synthesis module Since the application can draw one frame of image each time it receives a VSync signal, the signal period of the VSync signal (also called the image drawing period) is shortened by half, which can double the image drawing amount of the application and increase the image drawing amount. In the same way, when the layer synthesis module synthesizes images, it also synthesizes at a frequency of 120 frames/s.
  • the layer synthesis module can determine the target FPS when modifying the signal period, where T11 is the reciprocal of the target FPS. .
  • the target FPS may be a value higher than the local FPS and the opposite end FPS, for example, the target FPS is 180.
  • T11 1/180, T11 is one third of T0. In this way, the layer composition module can control the local application to draw frames and render images at a frequency of 180 frames/s.
  • the application can draw one frame of image each time it receives a VSync signal
  • shortening the signal period of the VSync signal by half can double the image drawing volume of the application and increase the image drawing volume.
  • the layer synthesis module synthesizes images, it also synthesizes at a frequency of 180 frames/s.
  • the FPS of the display screen can have multiple gears.
  • the FPS of the mobile phone includes four FPS gears of 10, 20, 40, and 60.
  • the current FPS of the mobile phone is used. Taking the maximum gear (such as 60) as an example to illustrate the modification strategy of the signal period.
  • the signal period T0 received by the layer synthesis module from the display screen also changes.
  • the layer synthesis module may execute S102 and S103.
  • This application does not limit the execution order of S102 and S103.
  • this application does not limit the execution order between S102, S103 and S104.
  • S104 is executed periodically according to T11. For example, S107 is executed after S102, and S108 is executed after S103.
  • the layer synthesis module can determine the second period T12 to be displayed to the local terminal based on the current screen refresh rate of the local terminal and the first period T11.
  • the layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to the display screen object 1 according to the second period T12.
  • the display screen object 1 can read a frame of the image to be displayed on the screen synthesized by the layer synthesis module each time it receives the VSync signal.
  • the display screen object 1 can send the frame image to the display driver, and the display driver can The image is sent to the mobile phone's display (such as LCD) for on-screen display.
  • the layer synthesis module determines the third period T13 for displaying to the opposite end based on the current screen refresh rate of the opposite end and the first period T11.
  • the layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to the display screen object 2 according to the third period T13.
  • the display screen object 2 can read a frame of the image to be displayed on the screen synthesized by the layer synthesis module every time it receives the VSync signal, and send the frame image to the codec of the application framework layer to process the frame.
  • the image is encoded to obtain the code stream.
  • the local end can send the code stream to the opposite end, so that part or all of the multi-frame images drawn by the local end according to the first period T11 can be refreshed and displayed on the opposite end's display screen in the third period T13.
  • the second period T12 is greater than the third period T13.
  • the local terminal can send the corresponding part of the first image to the display screen object 1 according to the second period T12 for display on the local terminal screen; the local terminal can also send the corresponding part or all of the first image according to the third period T13.
  • the first image is sent to display screen object 2, so as to send part or all of the first image drawn by the local end according to the first period T11 to the opposite end, so as to display part or all of the first image on the opposite end's display screen. .
  • the second period T12 is greater than the third period T13, and the third period T13 may be equal to the first period T11. Then within an exemplary period of time, the local terminal may draw multiple frames according to the first period T11. All the images in the image are sent to the display screen object 2 corresponding to the opposite end, and the end can send part of the multi-frame images drawn according to the first cycle T11 to the display screen object 1 corresponding to the local end. .
  • the first period T11 may be greater than the third period T13, and the first period T11 may be greater than the second period T12. Then within an exemplary time period, the local terminal may draw multiple times according to the first period T11. frame image, according to the second period T12, part of the image in the multi-frame image is sent to the display screen object 1 corresponding to the local end, and according to the third period T13, part of the image in the multi-frame image is sent to the The display screen object 2 corresponding to the opposite end, wherein the image sent to the display screen object 1 by this end and the image sent to the display screen object 2 may have the same image.
  • S102, S103, S107 and S108 can be understood in conjunction with the above-mentioned Embodiment 1 and 2 respectively:
  • FIG. 5e is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary image drawn by an application and an image sent to different display screen objects.
  • the target FPS is 120.
  • the Huawei video application draws images at a frequency of 120 frames/s, and the layer synthesis module performs image synthesis at a frequency of 120 frames/s, thereby obtaining the image to be displayed on the screen.
  • the P1 frame to the Pi frame shown here where the Pi frame represents the image to be displayed on the screen (or to be sent for display) of the i-th frame generated by the layer synthesis module, and i is a positive integer.
  • the FPS of the local end is 60
  • the FPS of the opposite end is 120
  • the FPS of the local end drawing images is 120
  • the signal period T11 of the VSync signal of the local end is 1/120
  • the second period T12 sent to the local end is It can be 2 T11s.
  • the layer synthesis module can send a VSync signal to the display screen object 1 corresponding to the main screen every two signal periods of the VSync signal (for example, 1/240) to notify the display screen object 1 to read from the buffer B.
  • the images sent to the main screen by the layer synthesis module may include P1 frame, P3 frame, P5 frame, and P7 frame. frames etc.
  • the images sent to the main screen by the layer synthesis module may include P2 frames, P4 frames, P6 frames, P8 frames, etc.
  • the image sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module is the same as the image synthesized by the application drawing and layer synthesis module, such as P1 frame to Pi frame.
  • the refresh rate of the image displayed on the display interface 301 of the mobile phone is 60 frames/s.
  • the application frame volume is doubled (120 frames/s)
  • the image synthesis module sends the display to the main screen of the mobile phone, it can send the display once every two VSync signal periods (for example, every two T11).
  • the refresh rate of the image displayed on the display screen of the mobile phone (such as an example of this end) is the same as the FPS of the display screen of this end, and the FPS is 60.
  • the mobile phone can send the code stream at 120 frames/s to the TV through the screen projection protocol.
  • the TV can decode the code stream through the codec on the TV side to obtain the video stream.
  • the video stream is displayed on the TV screen, so that the refresh rate of the screencast content displayed on the TV screen is 120 frames/s.
  • the current FPS of the local end (taking the maximum gear 60 as an example) is used as the benchmark to draw frames, and a unified signal is used for the display objects of the end and the opposite end.
  • the VSync signal is sent for display in period T0, so that the refresh rate of the image displayed on the mobile phone screen is the same as the refresh rate of the code stream sent to the TV, which is 60 frames/s.
  • the mobile phone can modify the signal period of the VSync signal of the local terminal based on the FPS of the opposite terminal, and draw frames according to the modified signal period, so that the amount of drawn frames is increased.
  • the mobile phone can also send displays to the home screen and the peer virtual screen with different signal cycles based on the modified signal cycle, so that the frequency of images sent to the home screen is consistent with the frequency of the images.
  • the current FPS of the display screen here is 60
  • the frequency of the code stream sent to the opposite end display screen is consistent with the current FPS of the opposite end display screen (here is 120).
  • the local end can provide a code stream that exceeds the maximum screen refresh rate of the local end to the opposite end to achieve high refresh rate display of media data on the opposite end.
  • the media type of the shared code stream at the local end of the shared code stream may include but is not limited to: static images, videos, documents and other displayable data. That is to say, what the local end projects to the opposite end is a static image, not a video, and the image is also transmitted to the opposite end in the form of a code stream.
  • the solution in Figure 5a of this application can also be used to realize the image on the opposite end. High refresh rate display of the peer.
  • S102, S103, S107 and S108 can be understood in conjunction with the above-mentioned Embodiment 2:
  • FIG. 5f is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary image drawn by an application and an image sent to different display screen objects.
  • the target FPS is 180.
  • the Huawei video application shown in Figure 5b draws images at a frequency of 180 frames/s, and the layer synthesis module performs image rendering at a frequency of 180 frames/s.
  • the image is synthesized to obtain the image to be displayed on the screen.
  • the P1 frame to the Pi frame are shown here, where the definition of the Pi frame is the same as in Figure 5e The same, so we won’t go into details here.
  • the current FPS of the local end is 60
  • the current FPS of the opposite end is 120
  • the FPS of the local end drawing images is 180 (higher than the maximum value of the local FPS and the opposite end's FPS, such as 120).
  • the second period T12 sent to the local end can be 3 T11
  • the images sent to the main screen by the layer synthesis module may include P1 frames, P4 frames, P7 frames, etc. Since the FPS of the opposite end is 120 and the FPS of the local end drawing images is 180, when the layer synthesis module sends the display image to the virtual screen according to the third cycle T13, it will miss one frame after every two frames of the image are sent to the virtual screen. Send the show. Among them, as mentioned above, the layer synthesis module synthesizes one frame of image that can be sent for display every T11.
  • the images sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module include P1 frames, P2 frames, P4 frames, P5 frames, P7 frames, P8 frames, etc.
  • the images sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module are not limited to the example in Figure 5f, as long as the layer synthesis module misses one frame after sending two frames of images to the virtual screen.
  • the images sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module can also be: P1 frame, P3 frame, P4 frame, P6 frame, P7 frame, P9 frame, etc.
  • the images sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module can also be P2 frames, P3 frames, P5 frames, P6 frames, P8 frames, P9 frames, etc.
  • the refresh rate of the image displayed on the local end can be 60, and the refresh rate of the image displayed on the opposite end can be 120.
  • Embodiment Mode 2 For the specific display sending process, please refer to the introduction of Embodiment Mode 1.
  • Figure 5a can also be understood based on Embodiment 3 to Embodiment 6 shown in Figures 6a to 6d.
  • the principles of Figures 6a to 6d are similar to those of Figures 5e and 5f, and the similarities will not be described again.
  • the current FPS of the local end is 60 (the maximum FPS of the display screen of the local end is 60), and the current FPS of the opposite end is 90 (the maximum FPS of the display screen of the opposite end is 90).
  • the FPS of the local end and the opposite end are other values, or when the number of opposite ends is multiple, for the scenario where the maximum FPS of the local end is smaller than the current FPS of the opposite end, the same method can be based on Embodiment 3 to Embodiment 6. principles to implement the technical solution in Figure 5a, which will not be described again here.
  • Exemplary implementation 3 based on least common multiple strategy 1:
  • the local end can set the target FPS to the least common multiple of the local end FPS (60) and the opposite end FPS (90), here it is 180, then T11 is 1/3 times of T0, so that the mobile phone displays For applications corresponding to the on-screen interface, when drawing images, the amount of image drawing triples.
  • the layer synthesis module when the layer synthesis module sends the display to the main screen, it can send a VSync signal to the main screen every 3 signal cycles of the VSync signal, for example, every 3 T11 to send a frame of image to the main screen, so that this
  • the refresh rate of the image displayed on the home screen of the client is the same as the FPS of the display of the client, which is 60.
  • the images sent to the main screen are P1 frame, P4 frame, P7 frame, etc. in order.
  • the images sent to the main screen by the layer synthesis module may be P2 frames, P5 frames, P8 frames, P11 frames, etc. in sequence.
  • the layer composition module sends a VSync every 3 T11 Signal to notify display object 1 to read a frame of image from buffer B.
  • the sequence of images sent to the main screen is not limited to the example in Figure 6a, as long as the effect of sending only one frame of image to the main screen for every three consecutive frames of images generated by the layer synthesis module is achieved.
  • the layer synthesis module when the layer synthesis module sends the display to the virtual screen, it can send a VSync signal to the virtual screen every two signal cycles of the VSync signal, for example, every two T11 to send one frame of image to the virtual screen. .
  • the refresh rate of the image displayed on the opposite end's screen is the same as the FPS of the opposite end's display, which is 90.
  • the images sent to the virtual screen are P1 frame, P3 frame, P5 frame, P7 frame, etc. in order.
  • the images sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module may be P2 frames, P4 frames, P6 frames, P8 frames, etc. in sequence.
  • the layer synthesis module sends a VSync signal every 2 T11 to notify display screen object 2 to read a frame of image from buffer B.
  • the sequence of images sent to the virtual screen is not limited to the example in Figure 6a, as long as the effect of sending only one frame of image to the main screen for every two consecutive frames of images generated by the layer synthesis module is achieved.
  • the mobile phone can send a display to the virtual screen once every 2 signal cycles of the VSync signal, and to the main screen once every 3 signal cycles of the VSync signal, so that the main screen of the local end and the display screen of the opposite end (corresponding to here
  • the time interval between frames in the image displayed on the virtual screen is uniform.
  • the mobile phone can obtain an even 60-frame image from the 180-frame image refreshed by the application and display it on the local end, and obtain an even 90-frame image for display on the opposite end.
  • the images displayed at the local end and the opposite end are linear motion images, such as the image of throwing a curling stone (assuming that the curling motion is uniform), then in this embodiment 3,
  • the linear motion images in the pictures displayed at the local end and the opposite end are uniform.
  • the display quality of the pictures at the local end and the opposite end is optimal, and the best display performance can be achieved.
  • the requirements for the image rendering capability of the local end are relatively high, resulting in a high load on the local end.
  • the local end can set the target FPS to the maximum FPS of the local end FPS (60) and the opposite end FPS (90), here it is 90, then T11 is 2/3 times of T0, so that the mobile phone display screen displays For applications corresponding to the interface, when drawing images, the amount of image drawing increases.
  • the layer synthesis module when the layer synthesis module sends the display to the main screen, it may not send the VSync signal to the main screen for one signal period in every three signal periods of the VSync signal.
  • the layer synthesis module sends the display image to the main screen according to the third period T12, it may miss one frame after sending two frames of images to the main screen.
  • the layer synthesis module synthesizes one frame of image that can be sent for display every T11.
  • the layer synthesis module can miss one frame after every two frames of images are sent to the main screen, so that the refresh rate of the image displayed on the local home screen is the same as the FPS of the local display screen, which is 60.
  • the images sent to the main screen are P1 frame, P2 frame, P4 frame, P5 frame, P7 frame, P8 frame, etc. in order.
  • the layer composition module two T11s out of every three T11s will send a VSync signal to the display screen object 1 respectively, but the remaining T11 will not send a VSync signal to the display screen object 1, so that the display screen object 1 will be out of control every three T11s.
  • the sequence of images sent to the main screen is not limited to the example in Figure 6a, as long as the effect of only sending 2 frames to the main screen in every 3 consecutive frames is achieved.
  • the images sent to the main screen by the layer synthesis module can also be: P1 frame, P3 frame, P4 frame, P6 frame, P7 frame, P9 frame, etc.
  • the images sent to the main screen by the layer synthesis module can also be P2 frames, P3 frames, P5 frames, P6 frames, P8 frames, P9 frames, etc.
  • the image sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module is the same as the image synthesized by the application drawing and layer synthesis module, such as P1 frame to Pi frame.
  • the mobile phone can send and display each VSync signal cycle to the virtual screen once, so that the time interval between frames in the image displayed on the opposite end's screen is uniform, and the opposite end's image quality is optimal.
  • the mobile phone sends the display to the main screen every three signal periods of the VSync signal to the main screen, causing the time interval between frames in the image displayed on the local main screen to be uneven, with long and short frames.
  • the images displayed at the local end and the opposite end are linear motion images, such as the image of throwing a curling stone (assuming that the curling motion is uniform), then in this embodiment 4,
  • the linear motion image in the picture displayed by the opposite end is uniform, the picture display quality is optimal, and the best display performance can be achieved.
  • the linear motion image in the picture displayed on this end is uneven (for example, the image display effect is that the curling stone advances 5 meters, 5 meters, 10 meters, 5 meters, 5 meters, and 10 meters in sequence).
  • Embodiment 4 compared with Embodiment 3, there is loss between frames in the picture displayed by the local end, and the display effect is slightly worse, compared with Embodiment 3, this Embodiment 4 has better effects on the image displayed by the local end.
  • the rendering capability requirements are relatively low, which can reduce the load requirements on the local end to a certain extent.
  • the local end can set the target FPS to a higher value than the maximum FPS (here 90) between the local end FPS (60) and the opposite end FPS (90), here it is 120, then T11 is 1/2 times of T0 makes the application corresponding to the interface displayed on the mobile phone display double the amount of image drawing when drawing images.
  • the target FPS is not limited to the 120 in the example here. It can be any value higher than 90.
  • the specific value can be comprehensively determined based on factors such as the load requirements of the local end and the display performance of the local and opposite end displays. numerical value.
  • the layer synthesis module when it sends the display to the main screen, it can send a VSync signal to the main screen every 2 signal cycles of the VSync signal, for example, every 2 T11 to send a frame of image to the main screen, so that this
  • the refresh rate of the image displayed on the home screen of the client is the same as the FPS of the display of the client, which is 60.
  • the images sent to the main screen are P1 frame, P3 frame, P5 frame, P7 frame, etc. in order.
  • the layer synthesis module sends a VSync signal every 2 T11 to notify display screen object 1 to read a frame of image from buffer B.
  • the sequence of images sent to the main screen is not limited to the example in Figure 6c, as long as the effect of sending only one frame to the main screen in every two consecutive frames is achieved.
  • the layer synthesis module when the layer synthesis module sends the display to the virtual screen, it may not send the VSync signal to the virtual screen in one of every four signal cycles of the VSync signal.
  • the layer synthesis module sends the display image to the virtual screen according to the third period T13, it may miss one frame after sending three frames of images to the virtual screen.
  • the layer synthesis module synthesizes one frame of image that can be sent for display every T11. Then as shown in Figure 6c, the layer synthesis module can miss one frame after sending three frames of images to the virtual screen, so that the refresh rate of the image displayed on the opposite end's display screen is the same as the FPS of the opposite end's display screen, which is 90.
  • the images sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module are P1 frame, P2 frame, P3 frame, P5 frame, P6 frame, P7 frame, P9 frame, etc. in order.
  • 3 of every 4 T11s will send a VSync signal to display screen object 2, but the remaining T11 will not send a VSync signal to display screen object 2, so that every 4 T11s of display screen object 2
  • There are 3 T11s available from the buffer Area B reads one frame of image respectively.
  • the sequence of images sent to the virtual screen is not limited to the example in Figure 6c, as long as the effect of only sending 3 frames to the virtual screen in every 4 consecutive frames is achieved.
  • the images sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module can also be: P2 frame, P3 frame, P4 frame, P6 frame, P7 frame, P8 frame, P10 frame, P11 frame, P12 frame, etc.
  • the mobile phone can send the display to the main screen once every two VSync signal cycles, so that the time interval between frames in the image displayed on the local screen is uniform, and the local image quality is optimal.
  • the local layer synthesis module sends the display to the virtual screen every four signal cycles of the VSync signal to the virtual screen, causing the time interval between frames in the image displayed by the opposite end's display screen to be uneven. , there are long and short frames.
  • the images displayed at the local end and the opposite end are linear motion images, such as the image of throwing a curling stone (assuming that the curling motion is uniform), then in this embodiment 5,
  • the linear motion image in the picture displayed on this end is uniform, the picture display quality is optimal, and the best display performance can be achieved.
  • the linear motion image in the picture displayed by the opposite end is uneven (for example, the image display effect is that the curling stone advances 3 meters, 3 meters, 3 meters, 6 meters, 3 meters, 3 meters, 3 meters, 6 meters in sequence) .
  • this Embodiment 5 compared with Embodiment 3, there is loss between frames in the picture displayed at the local end, and the display effect is slightly worse.
  • Embodiment 5 compared with Embodiment 4, the time interval between frames is shorter, the problem of long and short frames is alleviated, and the display effect is better.
  • this Embodiment 5 has relatively lower requirements on the image rendering capability of the local terminal, which can reduce the load requirements on the local terminal to a certain extent.
  • the FPS of the opposite end is 90.
  • the layer synthesis module when it sends the display to the main screen, it can send a VSync signal to the main screen every signal cycle of the VSync signal, for example, every T11, so as to send a frame of image to the main screen, so that the local main screen
  • the refresh rate of the displayed image is the same as the FPS of the local display, which is 60.
  • the images sent to the main screen are P1 frame, P2 frame, P3 frame, P4 frame, P5 frame, P6 frame, P7 frame...Pi frame, etc. in order.
  • the layer composition module sends a VSync signal every T11 to notify display screen object 1 to read a frame of image from buffer B.
  • the layer synthesis module when it sends the display to the virtual screen, it can send a VSync signal to the virtual screen once in the signal cycle of the VSync signal to send a frame of image to the virtual screen once, and in the next VSync signal signal cycle, send the VSync signal to the virtual screen twice to display the next frame of image to the virtual screen twice, and the cycle continues.
  • the refresh rate of the image displayed on the opposite end's display screen can be the same as the FPS of the opposite end's display screen, which is 90. For example, every two frames in every 90 frames of images displayed by the peer end are the same, and after an interval of one image frame, the other two frames of images are the same again.
  • the images sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module are P1 frame, P1 frame, P2 frame, P3 frame, P3 frame, P4 frame, P5 frame, P5 frame, P6 frame, etc. .
  • the layer synthesis module will send a VSync signal to display screen object 2 in one T11, then 2 VSync signals to display screen object 2 in the next T11, and then another VSync signal to display screen object 2 in the next T11, lower right A T11 sends 2 VSync signals to the display object....
  • This allows display object 2 to read a frame of image from buffer B at one T11, and at the next T11 it can read an image from buffer B.
  • Buffer B reads two frames of the same image.
  • the sequence of images sent to the virtual screen is not limited to the example in Figure 6d, as long as the effect of two consecutive frames of the same image in every three consecutive frames sent to the virtual screen is achieved.
  • the mobile phone can send and display each signal cycle of the VSync signal to the main screen once, so that the time interval between frames in the image displayed on the local screen is uniform, and the local image quality is optimal. Moreover, the signal period of the local VSync signal is not modified, so that the load on the local end is not increased, and the local load is optimal. However, there are two identical images in every three frames displayed on the local end. Compared with Embodiment 3, the screen display effect is slightly worse.
  • the local end can flexibly use any of the above strategies 1 to 4 to modify the signal period of the VSync signal, as well as the differentiated VSync signals are sent to the main screen and virtual screen at different cycles for display.
  • the modification of the signal period and the different strategies for sending displays to the main screen and the virtual screen are not limited to the above-mentioned strategies 1 to 4, and may also include other strategies not shown, which are not limited in this application.
  • the above strategies 1 to 4 are also applicable to scenarios where there are multiple local terminals and/or multiple peer terminals, as long as the FPS of the local terminal's display screen is lower than the FPS of the peer terminal's display screen. That’s it.
  • the layer synthesis module of the local peer can distinguish the display screen object of the local peer and the display screen objects of each peer, so as to process the different display screen objects in the logic manager according to their respective signals.
  • the display is sent periodically to enable the local end with a low refresh rate to provide a code stream higher than the refresh rate of the local end to the opposite end with a high refresh rate.
  • the refresh rate of the displayed content on the peer screen is not limited by the performance (refresh rate) of the local screen.
  • the local end can modify the signal period of the VSync signal of the local end based on the FPS of the opposite end, and control the application of drawing frames according to the modified signal period, so that the amount of drawing frames is increased.
  • the mobile phone can also send the display to the local home screen and the remote virtual screen with different signal cycles based on the modified signal cycle, so that the frequency of images sent to the local display screen is consistent with the local display screen.
  • the FPS is consistent, and the frequency of the code stream sent to the opposite display is consistent with the FPS of the opposite display.
  • the local end can provide a code stream that exceeds the screen refresh rate of the local end to the opposite end to achieve high refresh rate display of media data on the opposite end.
  • the process of rendering layers on the application side and the process of compositing images on the layer synthesis module side are both executed according to the unified VSync signal period (signal period T11 here). , then when the local end sends the VSync signal to display screen object 1 according to the second period T12, and sends the VSync signal to display screen object 2 according to the third period T13, there is no need to check whether the corresponding response has been synthesized in buffer B.
  • the layer synthesis module notifies each display screen in the logic manager Before an object reads its respective image to be displayed on the screen, the image to be displayed on each display screen object has been generated in the buffer B according to the first period T11.
  • the VSync signal sent by the layer composition module to the application or logic manager side may be a VSync signal generated by the layer composition module.
  • the layer composition module notifies the application to render the image, and notifies the display object to read the image from the buffer B. It is not limited to the method of sending the VSync signal. It can also be other notification methods, as long as the notification effect can be achieved. That’s it.
  • the logic manager can include three types of display screen objects.
  • One type is the display screen marked as the main screen or the back screen or the first screen or the second screen.
  • Objects one type is the display screen object marked as wired screen, and the other type is the display screen object marked as virtual screen.
  • the above embodiment takes the display screen object 1 marked as the main screen and the display screen object 2 marked as the virtual screen in the logic manager as examples to illustrate the display shown in Figure 5a.
  • the local end can provide a code stream that exceeds the local end's screen refresh rate (here, the FPS of the main screen) to the opposite end to realize the process of high refresh rate display of media data on the opposite end.
  • the local terminal has many types of display screens, and the number of the local terminal and the opposite terminal is at least one.
  • the number of the local terminal and the opposite terminal can be multiple. Therefore, based on the multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, electronic devices for simultaneous display of media data are differentiated.
  • the logical manager may include a display screen object labeled Home Screen, and/or a display screen object labeled Back Screen, and/or a display screen object labeled First Screen in Folding Screen, and/or a display screen object labeled First Screen in Folding Screen.
  • the process in Figure 5a can also be implemented, with similar principles and similar effects, which will not be described again here.
  • the communication connection method between the local end and the opposite end may include but is not limited to at least one of the following methods: logging in to the same account, connecting to the same Wi-Fi, Bluetooth connection, NFC (near field Communication, Near Field Communication), etc., this application does not impose restrictions on this.
  • the local terminal when transmitting a frame of image to the opposite end, it needs to go through operations such as image rendering, layer synthesis, hardware synthesis, sending display objects to the display screen, and encoding.
  • the local end can extend the cycle of any of the above operation links to This achieves the purpose of transmitting the code stream with a refresh rate of 60 frames/s to the opposite end for display on the screen.
  • the maximum FPS of the local display is lower than the FPS of the opposite display
  • the display should be sent with different display cycles to achieve the same refresh rate as the opposite display.
  • the same code stream as the FPS of the screen is transmitted to the peer display.
  • the execution cycle can be extended in any of the above operation steps to achieve the effect of transmitting a code stream with the same refresh rate as the FPS of the opposite end display screen to the opposite end display.
  • this application does not limit the specific method of extending the period.
  • different applications installed in the electronic device require different refresh rates.
  • the layer synthesis module sends a VSync signal to any application, it sends the VSync signal according to the signal period T0 sampled from the hardware, so that the image drawing amount of different applications in unit time is the same, which is the screen of the mobile phone.
  • the amount of refresh in unit time is the same.
  • the refresh rate required by each application may be different. For example, game applications have higher refresh rate requirements, while reading applications have lower refresh rate requirements.
  • a unified signal period T0 is used to control the refresh rate of different applications. Image drawing and screen refresh will cause waste of power consumption or loss of performance of the mobile phone.
  • the electronic device provided by this application can also set different signal periods of the VSync signal for different applications based on the refresh rates required by each application, and send the VSync signal according to the signal period corresponding to each application. to each application, so that each application can draw images according to their respective required refresh rates, so that the media data of different applications can be displayed on the electronic device at different refresh rates.
  • the FPS of the display screen of the mobile phone may have multiple levels, and then the FPS required by the application may be one of the multiple FPS levels supported by the display screen.
  • FIG. 7a is a schematic diagram of a process in which an electronic device displays an image of Application 1.
  • FIG. 7b is a schematic diagram of a process of the electronic device displaying the image of Application 2.
  • the process includes the following steps:
  • the layer synthesis module modifies the current screen refresh rate of the local terminal according to the screen refresh rate required by application 1, and obtains the signal period T21 of application 1.
  • this terminal is a mobile phone, and the maximum refresh rate of the display screen of this terminal is 180, which can provide refresh rates of 60, 90, 120, 180 and other gears.
  • the current screen refresh rate (FPS) of the local terminal is 90.
  • the signal period T0 of the VSync signal sampled by the layer synthesis module in the mobile phone from the mobile phone display screen is 1/90.
  • the display interface 600 of the mobile phone includes at least one control, which includes a power icon, a network icon, an application icon, etc., where the application icon includes the icon 601 of the video application 1 .
  • the display interface of the mobile phone is switched from the display interface 600 shown in (1) of FIG. 8 to the display interface 603 shown in (2) of FIG. 8 .
  • the layer synthesis module can obtain the FPS required by the video application 1 (here 120), and receive the signal period T0 of the mobile phone screen sampling in the layer synthesis module Finally, the signal period T0 is modified, and the signal period of the VSync signal for video application 1 is modified from T0 to T21 (here 1/120).
  • the layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to Application 1 according to the signal period T21 corresponding to Application 1.
  • Application 1 renders the image according to the signal period T21.
  • the layer synthesis module synthesizes the image according to the signal period T21.
  • the layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to the display screen object 1 according to the signal period T21.
  • display screen object 1 is the display screen object of the mobile phone's home screen.
  • Each time display object 1 receives a VSync signal it can read a frame of the screen image of the mobile phone to be displayed from the corresponding queue in buffer B, and send the read frame of the image to be displayed to
  • the display driver can send the frame of the image to be displayed on the screen to the display screen (such as LCD) of the mobile phone for display on the screen.
  • the display interface 603 of the mobile phone includes the video picture 604 of the video application 1, and the refresh rate of the video picture is 120 frames/s.
  • the image drawing amount of the video application 1 can be improved without being limited by the signal period of the VSync signal sampled by the hardware of the mobile phone display screen (the current FSP of the mobile phone screen limit), thereby improving the display performance of the video screen of the video application 1 on the mobile phone.
  • the electronic device can also perform the process of Figure 7b.
  • the process can include the following steps:
  • the layer synthesis module modifies the current screen refresh rate of the local terminal according to the screen refresh rate required by application 2, and obtains the signal period T22 of application 2.
  • the application 2 here is the video application 2.
  • the user slides upward along the arrow from the bottom of the display interface 603.
  • the mobile phone can respond to the user operation and run the video application 1 from the foreground.
  • the state switches to the background running state, and the display interface 600 shown in (3) of Figure 8 is displayed.
  • the layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to application 2 according to the signal period T22 corresponding to application 2.
  • Application 2 renders the image according to the signal period T22.
  • the layer synthesis module synthesizes the image according to the signal period T22.
  • the layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to the display screen object 1 according to the signal period T22.
  • display screen object 1 is the display screen object of the mobile phone's home screen.
  • the display driver can send the frame of the image to be displayed on the screen to the display screen (such as LCD) of the mobile phone for display on the screen.
  • the display interface 600 is switched to the display interface 605 shown in (4) of FIG.
  • the display interface 605 includes a video picture 606 played by the video application 2, and the refresh rate of the video picture is 60 frames/s.
  • the amount of image drawing of the video application 2 can be reduced, without the need to draw and display images according to the signal period T0 of the VSync signal of the hardware of the display screen of the mobile phone. Reduce the power consumption of mobile phones and reduce the performance loss of mobile phones when drawing images.
  • FIG. 7c is a schematic diagram illustrating an image display process for different applications by an electronic device in a split-window scenario.
  • the implementation process of the same steps in FIG. 7c as in FIG. 7a and FIG. 7b is similar and will not be repeated here. Let’s not go into details.
  • this split-window scenario means that the same display screen of the same electronic device can display the application interfaces of multiple applications at the same time, and the application interfaces of different applications are displayed in different windows.
  • the split-window scene may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: split-screen scene, floating window scene, picture-in-picture scene, etc.
  • the process may include the following steps:
  • the layer synthesis module modifies the current screen refresh rate of the local terminal according to the screen refresh rate required by each window application, and obtains the respective signal periods T21 and T22 of the window application.
  • the window application here includes application 1 and application 2.
  • the layer synthesis module modifies the signal period of the VSync signal corresponding to each window application
  • the layer synthesis module can be used after the window application is started. Module receives
  • the signal period of hardware sampling is T0
  • the signal period of the VSync signal applied by the window is modified from T0 to T21 and T22.
  • the layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to Application 1 according to the signal period T21 corresponding to Application 1.
  • Application 1 renders the image according to the signal period T21.
  • the layer synthesis module synthesizes the image of application 1 according to the signal period T21.
  • the layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to application 2 according to the signal period T22 corresponding to application 2.
  • Application 2 renders the image according to the signal period T22.
  • the layer synthesis module synthesizes the image of application 2 according to the signal period T22.
  • the layer synthesis module applies respective signal periods according to the windowing, and determines the display period T23.
  • window applications have different image refresh rates
  • a unified signal cycle for example, the display cycle T23 here
  • S402 may be executed after receiving the user's windowing operation.
  • the layer synthesis module continues to process the application currently displayed on the display screen of the mobile phone in the manner of S4015 and S4025 in the embodiments of Figure 7a and Figure 7b.
  • the generated image is sent for display according to the signal period corresponding to the application. It is not necessary to display the images generated by each window application according to the unified display period T23 set here for at least two window applications.
  • the layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to the display screen object 1 according to the display sending period T23.
  • application 1 is video application 1
  • application 2 is video application 2
  • the local terminal is a mobile phone
  • the maximum FPS of the mobile phone display is 180
  • the current FPS of the mobile phone is 90
  • the required FPS for video application 1 is 120
  • the required FPS for video application 2 is 60.
  • the layer synthesis module respectively modifies the signal period T0 sampled from the hardware according to the FPS required by video application 1 and video application 2. It can be obtained that T21 is 1/120 and T22 is 1/60.
  • the user clicks the icon 601 of the video application 1 in the display interface 600 to start the video application 1, as shown in (2) of the mobile phone.
  • the display interface switches from the display interface 600 shown in (1) of Figure 9 to the display interface 603.
  • the display interface 603 displays the video screen played by the video application 1 at the FPS required by the video application 1.
  • the display interface 603 The video picture 604 inside is refreshed and displayed at a frequency of 120 frames/s.
  • the mobile phone may display the sidebar 607 on the right edge (or the left edge) of the application interface (for example, the display interface 603 ) of the video application 1 in response to the user operation.
  • the sidebar includes one or more controls, such as an email application icon, a memo application icon, a gallery application icon, a file management application icon, a video application 2 icon 6071, etc.
  • the sidebar can also include an add option, which is used to add the icon of the specified application to the sidebar.
  • the user can drag the icon 6071 of the video application 2 in the sidebar to the lower half area of the mobile phone display window and release it, for example, drag the icon 6071 in the direction of the dotted arrow.
  • the user operation is a split-screen operation.
  • the mobile phone can respond to the split-screen operation by splitting the display window of the mobile phone into two screens, including a display window 608 and a display window 609.
  • the display window 608 of the mobile phone is used to display the application interface of video application 1, and the display window 609 is used to display the application interface of video application 2.
  • the mobile phone may also perform the above-mentioned S402 to determine the respective images to be displayed on the video application 1 and the video application 2, and send a signal when displayed to the display screen object 1 marked as the main screen. period (T23).
  • the image drawing frequency of video application 1 is 120 frames/s
  • the signal period T21 of drawing images is 1/120
  • the image drawing frequency of video application 2 is 60 frames/s
  • the signal period T22 of drawing images is 1 /60.
  • the layer synthesis module can determine T23 based on T21 and T22. This application does not limit the strategy for determining T23, as long as the images generated by the windowing application are all sent for display according to the unified signal period T23.
  • the layer synthesis module when determining the display sending period T23, can use the signal period corresponding to the focus window in the mobile phone as the display sending period T23.
  • the display window 609 clicked by the user's finger is the display window 608 and the focus window in the image window 609 .
  • the focus window (here is the display window 609) is the display window of the video picture of the video application 2, then the signal period corresponding to the display window 609 is the signal period corresponding to the video application 2 (T22, here is 1/60).
  • the layer synthesis module can send 60 VSync signals to display screen object 1 per second.
  • Each time display screen object 1 receives a VSync signal it obtains the synthesis of video application 1 from buffer B.
  • the image 1 to be displayed on the screen is a frame of image in the buffer B for display in the window 1 (the display window 608 in (4) of Figure 9), and the video is obtained from the buffer B.
  • the image 2 to be displayed on the screen is synthesized by application 2.
  • the image 2 to be displayed on the screen is a frame of image in buffer B for display in window 2 (display window 609 in (4) of Figure 9).
  • the video image of video application 1 in the display window 608 is refreshed at a frequency of 60 frames/s
  • the video image of video application 2 in the display window 609 is refreshed at a frequency of 60 frames/s.
  • application 1 is video application 1
  • application 2 is video application 2
  • the local terminal is a mobile phone
  • the maximum FPS of the mobile phone display is 180
  • the current FPS of the mobile phone is 90
  • the required FPS for video application 1 is 120
  • the required FPS for video application 2 is 60.
  • the layer synthesis module respectively modifies the signal period T0 sampled from the hardware according to the FPS required by video application 1 and video application 2. It can be obtained that T21 is 1/120 and T22 is 1/60.
  • the user can click the icon 6071 of the video application 2 in the sidebar, where the user operation is a split-screen operation.
  • the mobile phone can respond to the split-screen operation by splitting the display window of the mobile phone, including the display window 603 (ie, the display interface 603) and the display window 610, as shown in (4) of Figure 10
  • the display window 603 of the mobile phone is used to display the application interface of the video application 1
  • the display window 610 is used to display the application interface of the video application 1.
  • the display window 610 is a floating window.
  • the display window 610 may include a maximize control 6102, a minimize control 6103, and a close control 6101.
  • the user clicks the maximize control 6102, and the mobile phone can respond to the user operation by maximizing the display interface 610.
  • the maximized display interface 610 serves as the only display interface of the mobile phone, and the display effect is as shown in (4) of Figure 8
  • the display interface 606 is similar, but the refresh rate of the display interface is different.
  • the image refresh rate of the display interface 610 is 120 frames/s.
  • the mobile phone may also perform the above-mentioned S402 to determine the respective images to be displayed on the video application 1 and the video application 2, and send a signal when displayed to the display screen object 1 marked as the main screen. period (T23).
  • the image drawing frequency of video application 1 is 120 frames/s
  • the signal period T21 of drawing images is 1/120
  • the image drawing frequency of video application 2 is 60 frames/s
  • the signal period T22 of drawing images is 1 /60.
  • the layer synthesis module can determine T23 based on T21 and T22. This application does not limit the strategy for determining T23, as long as the images generated by the windowing application are all sent for display according to the unified signal period T23.
  • the layer synthesis module may use the signal period corresponding to the focus window in the mobile phone as the display sending period T23.
  • the display window 603 clicked by the user's finger is the focus window.
  • the focus window (display window 603 here) is the display window of the video picture of video application 1, then the signal period corresponding to the display window 603 is the signal period corresponding to video application 1 (T21, here is 1/120).
  • the layer synthesis module can send 120 VSync signals to display screen object 1 per second.
  • Each time display screen object 1 receives a VSync signal it obtains the synthesis of video application 1 from buffer B.
  • the image 1 to be displayed on the screen is a frame of image in the buffer B for display in the window 1 (the display window 603 in (4) of Figure 10), and the video is obtained from the buffer B.
  • the image 2 to be displayed on the screen is synthesized by application 2.
  • the image 2 to be displayed on the screen is a frame of image in buffer B for display in window 2 (display window 610 in (4) of Figure 10).
  • the video image of video application 1 in the display window 603 is refreshed at a frequency of 120 frames/s
  • the video image of video application 2 in the display window 610 is refreshed at a frequency of 120 frames/s.
  • Application 1 is a desktop application (which can be a system application)
  • Application 2 is a video application 2
  • the local terminal is a mobile phone.
  • the layer synthesis module respectively modifies the signal period T0 sampled from the hardware according to the FPS required by the desktop application and video application 2 respectively. It can be obtained that T21 is 1/90 and T22 is 1/60.
  • the display interface 600 displays a static image
  • the images in the display interface 600 are still refreshed at a frequency of 90 frames/s.
  • the image rendering and image synthesis process of the display interface 600 can be Refer to the illustration about Figure 3a, which will not be described again here.
  • the video screen in the display interface 605 is refreshed and displayed at the FPS corresponding to the video application 2 (for example, 60 frames/s).
  • the video application 2 supports the picture-in-picture function, refer to (2) of Figure 11 and Figure 11 (3), after the user slides upward from the bottom of the display interface 605, the mobile phone can display the video content in the display interface 605 of the video application 2 in the picture-in-picture window 611 in (3) of Figure 11.
  • the display interface of the mobile phone includes a display interface 600 (display window 600) and a picture-in-picture window 611.
  • the mobile phone may also respond to the user's sliding up operation (a split-screen operation) in (2) of Figure 11 to perform the above S402 to determine the respective images to be displayed on the desktop application and the video application 2,
  • the image drawing frequency of the desktop application is 90 frames/s
  • the signal period T21 of the image drawing is 1/90
  • the image drawing frequency of the video application 2 is 60 frames/s
  • the signal period T22 of the image drawing is 1/90. 60.
  • the layer synthesis module can determine T23 based on T21 and T22. This application does not limit the strategy for determining T23, as long as the images generated by the windowing application are all sent for display according to the unified signal period T23.
  • the layer synthesis module may use the signal period corresponding to the focus window in the mobile phone as the display sending period T23.
  • the picture-in-picture window 611 clicked by the user's finger is the focus window.
  • the focus window (picture-in-picture window 611 here) is the display window of the video picture of video application 2, then the signal period corresponding to the picture-in-picture window 611 is the signal period corresponding to video application 2 (T22, here 1/60).
  • the layer synthesis module can send 60 VSync signals to the display screen object 1 per second.
  • the display screen object 1 receives a VSync signal, it obtains the synthesized data for the desktop application from the buffer B.
  • Image 1 to be displayed on the screen image 1 to be displayed on the screen is a frame of image in buffer B for display in window 1 (display window 600 in (3) of Figure 11)
  • the video application is obtained from buffer B 2 synthesizes the image 2 to be displayed on the screen
  • the image 2 to be displayed on the screen is a frame of image in buffer B for display in window 2 (picture-in-picture window 611 in (3) of Figure 11).
  • the image of the desktop application in the display window 600 is refreshed at a frequency of 60 frames/s
  • the video image of the video application 2 in the picture-in-picture window 611 is refreshed at a frequency of 60 frames/s.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device is in a split-screen scenario, the electronic device can respond to different split-window applications according to the signal periods corresponding to the refresh rates required by the split-screen applications (referred to as split-window applications).
  • the signal period notifies the window application to draw the frame, and performs layer synthesis and hardware synthesis on the drawn layers of each window application according to the signal period of each window application, thereby obtaining the refresh rate corresponding to each window application.
  • the split-window applications are displayed on the same display screen, when the electronic device displays the images to be displayed on the screen of different split-window applications, they can be displayed according to a unified signal cycle, so that the images of different split-window applications can be displayed according to the same signal cycle.
  • the same cycle is displayed on the mobile phone display.
  • the electronic device includes corresponding hardware and/or software modules that perform each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions in conjunction with the embodiments for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered as beyond the scope of this application.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic block diagram of a device 300 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 300 may include: a processor 301 and a transceiver/transceiver pin 302, and optionally, a memory 303.
  • bus 304 which includes, in addition to a data bus, a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • bus 304 includes, in addition to a data bus, a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • various buses are referred to as bus 304 in the figure.
  • memory 303 may be used for instructions in the aforementioned method embodiments.
  • the processor 301 can be used to execute instructions in the memory 303, and control the receiving pin to receive signals, and control the transmitting pin to send signals.
  • the device 300 may be the electronic device or a chip of the electronic device in the above method embodiment.
  • This embodiment also provides a computer storage medium that stores computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions When the computer instructions are run on an electronic device, the electronic device executes the above related method steps to implement the image display method in the above embodiment.
  • This embodiment also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product When the computer program product is run on a computer, it causes the computer to perform the above related steps to implement the image display method in the above embodiment.
  • inventions of the present application also provide a device.
  • This device may be a chip, a component or a module.
  • the device may include a connected processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer execution instructions.
  • the processor can execute computer execution instructions stored in the memory, so that the chip executes the image display method in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the electronic equipment, computer storage media, computer program products or chips provided in this embodiment are all used to execute the corresponding methods provided above. Therefore, the beneficial effects they can achieve can be referred to the corresponding methods provided above. The beneficial effects of the method will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of modules or units is only a logical function division.
  • there may be other division methods for example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • a unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separate.
  • a component shown as a unit may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, it may be located in one place, or it may be distributed to multiple different places. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, or it can be Each unit physically exists alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional units.
  • Integrated units may be stored in a readable storage medium if they are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or contribute to the existing technology, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to cause a device (which can be a microcontroller, a chip, etc.) or a processor to execute all or part of the steps of the methods of various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code.
  • the steps of the methods or algorithms described in connection with the disclosure of the embodiments of this application can be implemented in hardware or by a processor executing software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules.
  • Software modules can be stored in random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), flash memory, read only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), erasable programmable read only memory ( Erasable Programmable ROM (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM), register, hard disk, removable hard disk, compact disc (CD-ROM) or any other form of storage media well known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and storage media may be located in an ASIC. Additionally, the ASIC can be located in a network device. Of course, the processor and storage media can also exist as discrete components in the network device.
  • Computer-readable media includes computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • Storage media can be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Controls And Circuits For Display Device (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are an image display method, and electronic devices. In the method, a first electronic device may shorten an image drawing period, so as to increase an image drawing amount, and on the basis of screen refresh rates of the first electronic device and a second electronic device, when a drawn image is transmitted to the above-mentioned two electronic devices for display, the first electronic device may make a transmission and display period of the image shorter when the image is transmitted to the second electronic device for display, such that the first electronic device may provide to the second electronic device a code stream which has a higher screen refresh rate than the first electronic device.

Description

图像显示方法及电子设备Image display method and electronic device
本申请要求于2022年03月30日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202210325714.4、申请名称为“图像显示方法及电子设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on March 30, 2022, with application number 202210325714.4 and application name "Image Display Method and Electronic Device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference. middle.
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及终端设备技术领域,尤其涉及一种图像显示方法及电子设备。The embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of terminal equipment, and in particular, to an image display method and electronic equipment.
背景技术Background technique
随着终端技术的发展,电子设备的显示屏的刷新率越来越高。电子设备的显示屏的刷新率越高,显示屏显示的画面越流畅。随着电子设备的功能越来越多,电子设备可应用于各种多屏同显场景,例如投屏、视频通话、视频会议、直播等。With the development of terminal technology, the refresh rate of display screens of electronic devices is getting higher and higher. The higher the refresh rate of the display screen of the electronic device, the smoother the screen display. As electronic devices have more and more functions, electronic devices can be used in various multi-screen simultaneous display scenarios, such as screen projection, video calls, video conferencing, live broadcasts, etc.
目前,受电子设备的显示屏的硬件限制,不同电子设备的显示屏的刷新率可能不同。在多屏同显场景下,本端在向对端分享码流时,该码流的刷新率受本端显示屏的硬件刷新率限制。Currently, due to hardware limitations of the display screen of the electronic device, the refresh rates of the display screens of different electronic devices may be different. In a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, when the local terminal shares a code stream to the peer terminal, the refresh rate of the code stream is limited by the hardware refresh rate of the local terminal's display.
发明内容Contents of the invention
为了解决上述技术问题,本申请提供一种图像显示方法及电子设备。在该方法中,可提高第一电子设备的图像绘制量,并基于第一电子设备和第二电子设备的不同刷新率,来将绘制的图像以不同的送显周期送显到上述两个电子设备,从而可向第二电子设备提供高于第一电子设备的屏幕刷新率的码流。In order to solve the above technical problems, this application provides an image display method and electronic device. In this method, the image drawing amount of the first electronic device can be increased, and based on the different refresh rates of the first electronic device and the second electronic device, the drawn image can be sent to the two electronic devices in different display cycles. device, thereby providing the second electronic device with a code stream higher than the screen refresh rate of the first electronic device.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种图像显示方法,应用于第一电子设备,所述第一电子设备与第二电子设备通信连接。所述方法包括:所述第一电子设备响应于接收到的图像显示请求,基于第一刷新率和第二刷新率,将图像绘制周期缩短为第一周期;其中,所述第一刷新率为所述第一电子设备的第一显示屏的刷新率,所述第二刷新率为所述第二电子设备的第二显示屏的刷新率,所述第一刷新率小于所述第二刷新率;所述第一电子设备按照所述第一周期绘制多帧第一图像;所述第一电子设备按照第二周期将对应的部分所述第一图像显示至所述第一显示屏;所述第一电子设备按照第三周期将对应的部分或全部所述第一图像发送至所述第二电子设备;其中,所述第二周期大于所述第三周期。In a first aspect, embodiments of the present application provide an image display method, applied to a first electronic device, where the first electronic device is communicatively connected to a second electronic device. The method includes: in response to the received image display request, the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to a first cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate; wherein the first refresh rate The refresh rate of the first display screen of the first electronic device, the second refresh rate of the second display screen of the second electronic device, the first refresh rate is less than the second refresh rate ; The first electronic device draws multiple frames of first images according to the first cycle; the first electronic device displays the corresponding part of the first image to the first display screen according to the second cycle; The first electronic device sends the corresponding part or all of the first image to the second electronic device according to a third period; wherein the second period is greater than the third period.
示例性的,第一电子设备与第二电子设备的通信连接方式可包括但不限于以下至少之一:蓝牙、Wi-Fi、服务器等。Exemplarily, the communication connection method between the first electronic device and the second electronic device may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, server, etc.
示例性的,第一显示屏以及第二显示屏均支持多个刷新率的档位,第一刷新率为第一显示屏当前所处的刷新率档位对应的刷新率,第二刷新率为第二显示屏当前所处的刷新率档位对应的刷新率。Exemplarily, both the first display screen and the second display screen support multiple refresh rate gears. The first refresh rate is a refresh rate corresponding to the refresh rate gear of the first display screen, and the second refresh rate is a refresh rate corresponding to the current refresh rate gear of the first display screen. The refresh rate corresponding to the refresh rate gear of the second display screen.
例如第一显示屏支持的多个刷新率(FPS)分别为20、40、60。其中,第一显示屏 的最大FPS为60。第二显示屏支持的多个刷新率分别为60、90、120。其中,第二显示屏的最大FPS为120。For example, the multiple refresh rates (FPS) supported by the first display screen are 20, 40, and 60 respectively. Among them, the first display screen The maximum FPS is 60. The multiple refresh rates supported by the second display are 60, 90, and 120 respectively. Among them, the maximum FPS of the second display is 120.
在一些实施例中,第一刷新率和第二刷新率均可调,可在相应的显示屏支持的刷新率的档位上进行调节。In some embodiments, both the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate are adjustable, and can be adjusted at the refresh rate level supported by the corresponding display screen.
示例性的,传统的图像绘制周期受限于第一显示屏的第一刷新率。该传统的图像绘制周期可为第一电子设备从硬件采样到的垂直同步信号(VSync信号)的信号周期T0。在第一刷新率改变时,可改变传统的图像绘制周期,从而改变第一电子设备在单位时间内(例如1s)的图像绘制帧数。而在本实施例中,可将图像绘制周期缩短为第一周期,以增加电子设备在单位时间内的图像绘制帧数,该第一周期可以不受限于第一显示屏的第一刷新率。For example, the traditional image drawing cycle is limited to the first refresh rate of the first display screen. The traditional image drawing period may be the signal period T0 of the vertical synchronization signal (VSync signal) sampled by the first electronic device from the hardware. When the first refresh rate is changed, the traditional image drawing cycle can be changed, thereby changing the number of image drawing frames of the first electronic device in unit time (for example, 1 s). In this embodiment, the image drawing cycle can be shortened to a first period to increase the number of image drawing frames of the electronic device per unit time. The first period may not be limited to the first refresh rate of the first display screen. .
示例性的,第一电子设备在按照所述第一周期绘制多帧第一图像时,可按照所述第一周期渲染图像,以及按照所述第一周期对渲染后的图像进行合成,从而按照第一周期得到可上屏显示的多帧第一图像。其中,第一电子设备在一个第一周期对应的时长内可得到待上屏显示的一帧第一图像。For example, when drawing multiple frames of first images according to the first cycle, the first electronic device can render the images according to the first cycle, and synthesize the rendered images according to the first cycle, so as to follow the first cycle. In the first cycle, multiple first frames of images that can be displayed on the screen are obtained. Wherein, the first electronic device can obtain a frame of the first image to be displayed on the screen within a time period corresponding to a first period.
在一些实施例中,第一电子设备可在接收到的图像显示请求后,响应于该图像显示请求,按照缩短后的第一周期,对第一显示屏和第二电子设备的第二显示屏进行区别化送显。例如,按照上述第二周期和第三周期分别送显第一图像。In some embodiments, after receiving the image display request, the first electronic device may, in response to the image display request, display the first display screen and the second display screen of the second electronic device according to the shortened first period. Provide differentiated delivery. For example, the first image is sent and displayed according to the above-mentioned second cycle and third cycle respectively.
示例性的,该图像显示请求可以是多屏同显请求,那么只要第一电子设备接收到与第二电子设备的多屏同显操作,则手机对该图像显示请求按照上述方案进行响应。For example, the image display request may be a multi-screen simultaneous display request. Then as long as the first electronic device receives a multi-screen simultaneous display operation with the second electronic device, the mobile phone responds to the image display request according to the above solution.
以第一电子设备为手机,第二电子设备为智能电视为例,用户在手机上触发投屏操作(图像显示请求的一个示例),手机可响应于该投屏操作,自动按照上述方法,来将待投屏显示的第一图像,在手机和电视的显示屏上进行不同周期的区别化送显。在多屏同显场景下,第一电子设备自动按照通信连接的第一电子设备和第二电子设备各自的屏幕刷新率,进行送显周期区别化的图像送显,以使第一电子设备向第二电子设备送显的图像的刷新率可高于第一电子设备的第一刷新率。Taking the first electronic device as a mobile phone and the second electronic device as a smart TV as an example, the user triggers a screen projection operation on the mobile phone (an example of an image display request), and the mobile phone can respond to the screen projection operation and automatically follow the above method to The first image to be displayed on the screen is displayed on the display screens of the mobile phone and the TV in different cycles. In a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, the first electronic device automatically sends images with differentiated display cycles according to the respective screen refresh rates of the first electronic device and the second electronic device connected through communication, so that the first electronic device can The refresh rate of the image sent and displayed by the second electronic device may be higher than the first refresh rate of the first electronic device.
示例性的,该图像显示请求也可以是自适应刷新请求。例如,第一电子设备的系统设置界面具有预设开关、或者,第一电子设备具有预设虚拟按键,或者,第一电子设备具有切换图标等。用户通过对上述预设开关、或预设虚拟按键,或所述切换图标进行操作,可使第一电子设备接收到自适应刷新请求,从而按照上述方法,来将第一电子设备绘制的待显示图像,按照通信连接的第一电子设备和第二电子设备各自的屏幕刷新率,进行送显周期区别化的图像送显,以使第一电子设备向第二电子设备送显的图像的刷新率可高于第一电子设备的第一刷新率。For example, the image display request may also be an adaptive refresh request. For example, the system setting interface of the first electronic device has a preset switch, or the first electronic device has a preset virtual button, or the first electronic device has a switching icon, etc. By operating the above-mentioned preset switch, or the preset virtual button, or the switching icon, the user can cause the first electronic device to receive an adaptive refresh request, thereby drawing the first electronic device to be displayed according to the above method. The image is transmitted and displayed with differentiated display cycles according to the respective screen refresh rates of the first electronic device and the second electronic device connected through communication, so that the refresh rate of the image transmitted by the first electronic device to the second electronic device is Can be higher than the first refresh rate of the first electronic device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一电子设备在执行第一方面的方法时,可不区分应用,只要是第一电子设备待显示的图像,就按照上述方法来执行。In a possible implementation, when the first electronic device performs the method of the first aspect, the application may not be distinguished. As long as it is an image to be displayed by the first electronic device, the method is performed according to the above method.
根据第一方面,所述第一电子设备按照第二周期将对应的部分所述第一图像显示至所述第一显示屏,包括:所述第一电子设备基于所述第一刷新率和所述第一周期,确定第二周期;所述第一电子设备按照所述第二周期将对应的部分所述第一图像显示至所述 第一显示屏,其中,所述第一图像以所述第一刷新率刷新显示在所述第一显示屏。第一电子设备可结合第一电子设备的屏幕刷新率和第一电子设备的修改后的图像绘制周期,来确定向第一电子设备送显图像的送显周期(第二周期),从而能够按照第二周期将第一电子设备绘制部分的第一图像显示到第一显示屏。那么在第一电子设备上,图像能够按照第一电子设备的屏幕刷新率进行刷新显示,图像的刷新率与第一电子设备的屏幕刷新率相一致。According to a first aspect, the first electronic device displays the corresponding part of the first image to the first display screen according to a second cycle, including: the first electronic device based on the first refresh rate and the The first period is determined to determine the second period; the first electronic device displays the corresponding part of the first image to the second period according to the second period. A first display screen, wherein the first image is refreshed and displayed on the first display screen at the first refresh rate. The first electronic device may combine the screen refresh rate of the first electronic device and the modified image drawing cycle of the first electronic device to determine the display cycle (second cycle) of sending the image to the first electronic device, so as to be able to The second cycle displays the first image of the drawing portion of the first electronic device to the first display screen. Then, on the first electronic device, the image can be refreshed and displayed according to the screen refresh rate of the first electronic device, and the refresh rate of the image is consistent with the screen refresh rate of the first electronic device.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一电子设备包括第一显示屏对象;所述第一电子设备按照第二周期将对应的部分所述第一图像显示至所述第一显示屏,包括:所述第一电子设备按照所述第二周期,发送第一垂直同步信号至所述第一显示屏对象,以使所述第一显示屏对象按照所述第二周期获取部分所述第一图像;其中,所述第一显示屏对象用于管理所述第一显示屏的输入数据和输出数据;所述第一电子设备通过所述第一显示屏对象,按照所述第二周期将对应的部分所述第一图像显示至所述第一显示屏。第一电子设备可按照第二周期将绘制的部分第一图像送显至第一显示屏对象,以在与第一显示屏对象对应的第一显示屏上,第一图像能够按照第一刷新率显示。第一电子设备显示的第一图像的刷新率与第一电子设备的屏幕刷新率相一致。According to the first aspect, or any implementation of the first aspect above, the first electronic device includes a first display screen object; the first electronic device displays the corresponding part of the first image according to a second cycle. To the first display screen, the method includes: the first electronic device sends a first vertical synchronization signal to the first display screen object according to the second period, so that the first display screen object follows the second period. The second cycle acquires part of the first image; wherein the first display screen object is used to manage the input data and output data of the first display screen; the first electronic device uses the first display screen object , display the corresponding part of the first image to the first display screen according to the second cycle. The first electronic device can send the drawn part of the first image to the first display screen object according to the second cycle, so that on the first display screen corresponding to the first display screen object, the first image can be displayed according to the first refresh rate. show. The refresh rate of the first image displayed by the first electronic device is consistent with the screen refresh rate of the first electronic device.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一电子设备按照第三周期将对应的部分或全部所述第一图像发送至所述第二电子设备进行显示,包括:所述第一电子设备基于所述第二刷新率和所述第一周期,确定第三周期;所述第一电子设备按照所述第三周期,将对应的部分或全部所述第一图像发送至所述第二电子设备进行显示,其中,所述第一图像以所述第二刷新率显示在所述第二显示屏。第一电子设备可结合第二电子设备的屏幕刷新率和第一电子设备的修改后的图像绘制周期,来确定向第二电子设备送显图像的送显周期(第三周期),从而能够按照第三周期将第一电子设备绘制部分或全部第一图像发送至第二电子设备。那么在第二电子设备上,第一电子设备绘制的图像能够按照第二电子设备的屏幕刷新率进行刷新显示,图像的刷新率与第二电子设备的屏幕刷新率相一致,而不受第一电子设备的屏幕刷新率限制。According to the first aspect, or any implementation of the above first aspect, the first electronic device sends the corresponding part or all of the first image to the second electronic device for display according to a third cycle, including : The first electronic device determines a third period based on the second refresh rate and the first period; the first electronic device converts the corresponding part or all of the first image according to the third period. Sent to the second electronic device for display, wherein the first image is displayed on the second display screen at the second refresh rate. The first electronic device may combine the screen refresh rate of the second electronic device and the modified image drawing cycle of the first electronic device to determine the display cycle (third cycle) for sending the image to the second electronic device, so that it can be based on In the third cycle, the first electronic device draws part or all of the first image and sends it to the second electronic device. Then on the second electronic device, the image drawn by the first electronic device can be refreshed and displayed according to the screen refresh rate of the second electronic device. The refresh rate of the image is consistent with the screen refresh rate of the second electronic device and is not affected by the first electronic device. Screen refresh rate limits for electronic devices.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一电子设备包括第二显示屏对象;所述第一电子设备按照第三周期将对应的部分或全部所述第一图像发送至所述第二电子设备进行显示,包括:所述第一电子设备按照所述第三周期,发送第二垂直同步信号至所述第二显示屏对象,以使所述第二显示屏对象按照所述第三周期获取部分或全部所述第一图像;其中,所述第二显示屏对象用于管理所述第二显示屏的输入数据和输出数据;所述第一电子设备通过所述第二显示屏对象,按照所述第三周期将对应的部分或全部所述第一图像发送至所述第二电子设备以显示在所述第二显示屏。第一电子设备可按照第三周期向第二显示屏对象送显第一电子设备绘制的部分或全部的第一图像,以在与第二显示屏对象对应的第二显示屏上,第一图像可按照第二刷新率显示。第二电子设备显示的第一图像的刷新率与第二电子设备的屏幕刷新率相一致。 According to the first aspect, or any implementation of the first aspect above, the first electronic device includes a second display screen object; the first electronic device converts the corresponding part or all of the first display screen object according to the third cycle. Sending the image to the second electronic device for display includes: the first electronic device sends a second vertical synchronization signal to the second display screen object according to the third cycle, so that the second display screen The object acquires part or all of the first image according to the third cycle; wherein the second display screen object is used to manage the input data and output data of the second display screen; the first electronic device passes the The second display screen object sends the corresponding part or all of the first image to the second electronic device according to the third cycle to display on the second display screen. The first electronic device may send part or all of the first image drawn by the first electronic device to the second display screen object according to the third cycle, so that on the second display screen corresponding to the second display screen object, the first image Can be displayed at a second refresh rate. The refresh rate of the first image displayed by the second electronic device is consistent with the screen refresh rate of the second electronic device.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一电子设备基于第一刷新率和第二刷新率,将图像绘制周期缩短为第一周期,包括:所述第一电子设备在获取到从所述第一显示屏采样的图像绘制周期时,所述第一电子设备基于所述第一刷新率和所述第二刷新率,将所述图像绘制周期修改为第一周期,其中,修改前的图像绘制周期为所述第一刷新率的倒数。第一电子设备可在每次从第一显示屏采样到图像绘制周期时,基于第一刷新率和第二刷新率之间的关系,来对图像绘制周期进行缩短,以使更新后的图像绘制量可满足第二电子设备在显示图像时的第二刷新率。第一电子设备在每次从硬件的第一显示屏采样到图像绘制周期时,来对图像绘制周期进行修改,可基于硬件信号,动态地实现图像绘制周期的校准。According to the first aspect, or any implementation of the above first aspect, the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to a first cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, including: the first When the electronic device acquires the image drawing cycle sampled from the first display screen, the first electronic device modifies the image drawing cycle to a first refresh rate based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate. period, wherein the image drawing period before modification is the reciprocal of the first refresh rate. The first electronic device may shorten the image drawing cycle based on the relationship between the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate every time the image drawing cycle is sampled from the first display screen, so that the updated image drawing cycle The amount can satisfy the second refresh rate of the second electronic device when displaying images. The first electronic device modifies the image drawing cycle every time the image drawing cycle is sampled from the first display screen of the hardware, and can dynamically implement calibration of the image drawing cycle based on the hardware signal.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一电子设备基于第一刷新率和第二刷新率,将图像绘制周期缩短为第一周期,包括:所述第一电子设备基于所述第一刷新率和所述第二刷新率的最小公倍数,确定第三刷新率;所述第一电子设备基于所述第三刷新率,将所述图像绘制周期缩短为所述第一周期,其中,所述第一周期为所述第三刷新率的倒数。在该实施方式中,对应到获取的多帧第一图像中,第一电子设备和第二电子设备各自显示的不同帧图像之间的时间间隔是均匀的,可使第一电子设备和第二电子设备的画面显示质量最优,可达到最佳显示性能。According to the first aspect, or any implementation of the above first aspect, the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to a first cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, including: the first The electronic device determines a third refresh rate based on the least common multiple of the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate; the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to the A first period, wherein the first period is the reciprocal of the third refresh rate. In this embodiment, corresponding to the acquired multiple frames of first images, the time intervals between different frame images displayed by the first electronic device and the second electronic device are uniform, which can make the first electronic device and the second electronic device The picture display quality of electronic equipment is optimal and the best display performance can be achieved.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一电子设备基于第一刷新率和第二刷新率,将图像绘制周期缩短为第一周期,包括:所述第一电子设备基于所述第一刷新率和所述第二刷新率中的最大刷新率,确定第一周期;所述第一电子设备将所述图像绘制周期缩短为所述第一周期;其中,所述第一周期为所述第二刷新率的倒数。在该实施方式中,对应到获取的多帧第一图像中,可使具有屏幕刷新率为该最大刷新率的第二电子设备,所显示的图像中帧与帧之间的时间间隔相同,以提高画面显示质量。According to the first aspect, or any implementation of the above first aspect, the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to a first cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, including: the first The electronic device determines a first period based on the maximum refresh rate among the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate; the first electronic device shortens the image drawing period to the first period; wherein, The first period is the reciprocal of the second refresh rate. In this embodiment, corresponding to the acquired multi-frame first image, the second electronic device with a screen refresh rate of the maximum refresh rate can be used to display the same time interval between frames in the image, so that Improve screen display quality.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一电子设备基于第一刷新率和第二刷新率,将图像绘制周期缩短为第一周期,包括:所述第一电子设备基于第一刷新率和第二刷新率,确定第四刷新率,其中,所述第四刷新率大于所述第一刷新率和所述第二刷新率中的最大刷新率;所述第一电子设备基于所述第四刷新率,将所述图像绘制周期缩短为所述第一周期,其中,所述第一周期为所述第四刷新率的倒数。在该实施方式中,对应到获取的多帧第一图像中,可在一定程度上降低第一电子设备的图像渲染能力的要求,以降低第一电子设备的负载。According to the first aspect, or any implementation of the above first aspect, the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to a first cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, including: the first The electronic device determines a fourth refresh rate based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, wherein the fourth refresh rate is greater than the maximum refresh rate among the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate; An electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to the first cycle based on the fourth refresh rate, wherein the first cycle is the reciprocal of the fourth refresh rate. In this embodiment, corresponding to the acquired multiple frames of the first image, the requirement for the image rendering capability of the first electronic device can be reduced to a certain extent, so as to reduce the load of the first electronic device.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一图像包括第二图像,其中,所述第二图像的数量与所述第一图像的数量的比值,为所述第一刷新率与所述第二刷新率的比值;所述第一电子设备按照第二周期将对应的部分所述第一图像显示 至所述第一显示屏,包括:所述第一电子设备按照第二周期将所述第二图像显示至所述第一显示屏;所述第一电子设备按照第三周期将对应的部分或者全部所述第一图像发送至所述第二电子设备,包括:所述第一电子设备按照第三周期将所述多帧第一图像发送至所述第二电子设备。According to the first aspect, or any implementation of the above first aspect, the first image includes a second image, wherein the ratio of the number of the second image to the number of the first image is the The ratio of the first refresh rate to the second refresh rate; the first electronic device displays the corresponding part of the first image according to the second cycle To the first display screen, the method includes: the first electronic device displays the second image to the first display screen according to a second cycle; and the first electronic device displays the corresponding part or Sending all the first images to the second electronic device includes: the first electronic device sending the multiple frames of first images to the second electronic device according to a third cycle.
例如第一显示屏的FPS为60,第二显示屏的FPS为120,那么一个示例性的时间段内,第一电子设备可绘制120帧的第一图像,其中,120帧的第一图像均送显至第二显示屏,120帧中有60帧的图像(这里的第二图像)送显到第一显示屏。以此实现对第一电子设备和第二电子设备的区别化送显。For example, the FPS of the first display screen is 60 and the FPS of the second display screen is 120. In an exemplary period of time, the first electronic device can draw 120 frames of the first image, where all 120 frames of the first image are drawn. The images of 60 frames out of 120 frames (the second images here) are sent to the first display screen for display. In this way, differentiated display of the first electronic device and the second electronic device is achieved.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一电子设备响应于接收到的图像显示请求,基于第一刷新率和第二刷新率,将图像绘制周期缩短为第一周期,包括:所述第一电子设备接收对第一应用的图像显示请求;所述第一电子设备响应于所述图像显示请求,基于所述第一刷新率和所述第二刷新率,将所述第一应用的图像绘制周期缩短为所述第一周期,其中,所述第一图像为所述第一应用待显示至所述第一显示屏的图像。According to the first aspect, or any implementation of the above first aspect, the first electronic device responds to the received image display request and shortens the image drawing cycle to a third refresh rate based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate. One cycle includes: the first electronic device receives an image display request for the first application; the first electronic device responds to the image display request, based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, The image drawing cycle of the first application is shortened to the first cycle, wherein the first image is an image to be displayed by the first application on the first display screen.
示例性的,第一应用可以是具有投屏功能的应用、具有共享屏幕功能的应用、音乐播放应用、视频播放应用、相册应用等,本申请对此不做限制。For example, the first application may be an application with a screen casting function, an application with a screen sharing function, a music playing application, a video playing application, a photo album application, etc. This application does not limit this.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该图像显示请求可以不是对应用触发的操作,可以是对第一电子设备的系统触发的操作,例如图像显示请求可以是对手机系统的快捷入口(例如投屏快捷入口)的操作。示例性的,该快捷入口可包括但不限于上述第一方面举例的预设虚拟按键、预设开关、切换图标等。In a possible implementation, the image display request may not be an operation triggered by an application, but may be an operation triggered by the system of the first electronic device. For example, the image display request may be a quick access to the mobile phone system (such as screen casting). Quick entry) operation. For example, the shortcut entry may include, but is not limited to, the preset virtual keys, preset switches, switching icons, etc. exemplified in the first aspect.
本实施方式中,第一电子设备可将第一应用的图像绘制周期进行缩短,并将第一应用的待显示图像,按照不同送显周期送显到第一电子设备和第二电子设备显示,以实现对应用显示内容在不同电子设备上以不同刷新率显示。In this embodiment, the first electronic device can shorten the image drawing cycle of the first application, and send the image to be displayed of the first application to the first electronic device and the second electronic device for display according to different display cycles. This enables application display content to be displayed at different refresh rates on different electronic devices.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一电子设备包括第一摄像头,所述第一图像为所述第一摄像头采集的图像。According to the first aspect, or any implementation of the above first aspect, the first electronic device includes a first camera, and the first image is an image collected by the first camera.
示例性的,第一电子设备可在视频通话、视频会议、直播等场景,将第一摄像头(前者摄像头或后置摄像头)实时采集的图像,以不同刷新率显示在第一电子设备和第二电子设备。For example, the first electronic device can display the images captured by the first camera (the former camera or the rear camera) in real time on the first electronic device and the second device at different refresh rates in scenes such as video calls, video conferences, and live broadcasts. Electronic equipment.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一应用包括以下任意一种应用:视频通话应用、视频会议应用、直播应用。According to the first aspect, or any implementation of the above first aspect, the first application includes any one of the following applications: a video call application, a video conferencing application, and a live broadcast application.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第二电子设备的数量为一个或多个。According to the first aspect, or any implementation of the above first aspect, the number of the second electronic devices is one or more.
示例性的,在第二电子设备的数量为多个时,则在上述任意实施方式中,在结合第二刷新率来确定相关信息时,可结合多个第二电子设备各自的第二刷新率,来确定相关 信息,方法同理,这里不再赘述。For example, when there are multiple second electronic devices, in any of the above embodiments, when determining relevant information in combination with the second refresh rate, the second refresh rates of each of the multiple second electronic devices may be combined. , to determine the relevant The information and methods are the same and will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一电子设备的数量可以是一个或多个。In a possible implementation, the number of first electronic devices may be one or more.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种电子设备。该电子设备包括:存储器和处理器,所述存储器和所述处理器耦合;所述存储器存储有程序指令,所述程序指令由所述处理器执行时,使得所述电子设备执行如第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式中的方法。In a second aspect, embodiments of the present application provide an electronic device. The electronic device includes: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the first aspect and a method in any implementation of the first aspect.
第二方面所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For technical effects corresponding to the second aspect, please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above-mentioned first aspect and any implementation of the first aspect, which will not be described again here.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种图像显示系统。该系统包括:第二方面所述的电子设备。In a third aspect, embodiments of the present application provide an image display system. The system includes: the electronic device described in the second aspect.
第三方面所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For technical effects corresponding to the third aspect, please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above-mentioned first aspect and any implementation of the first aspect, and will not be described again here.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在电子设备上运行时,使得所述电子设备执行如第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实施方式中的方法。In a fourth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable medium for storing a computer program. When the computer program is run on an electronic device, the electronic device causes the electronic device to execute the first aspect and the first aspect. method in any embodiment.
第四方面所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For technical effects corresponding to the fourth aspect, please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above-mentioned first aspect and any implementation of the first aspect, and will not be described again here.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片,该芯片包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器;所述接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号,并向所述处理器发送所述信号,所述信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令;当所述处理器执行所述计算机指令时,使得所述电子设备执行如第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实施方式中的方法。In a fifth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a chip, which includes one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and provide them to the processor. The processor sends the signal, and the signal includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is caused to execute the first aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect. Methods.
第五方面所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For technical effects corresponding to the fifth aspect, please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above-mentioned first aspect and any implementation of the first aspect, and will not be described again here.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实施方式中的方法。In a sixth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the first aspect and any one of the embodiments of the first aspect. method in.
第六方面所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For technical effects corresponding to the sixth aspect, please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above-mentioned first aspect and any implementation of the first aspect, and will not be described again here.
附图说明Description of drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例的描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。 In order to explain the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, the drawings needed to be used in the description of the embodiments of the present application will be briefly introduced below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some embodiments of the present application. , for those of ordinary skill in the art, other drawings can also be obtained based on these drawings without exerting creative labor.
图1为示例性示出的电子设备的结构示意图之一;Figure 1 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of an exemplary electronic device;
图2为示例性示出的电子设备的软件结构示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the software structure of an exemplary electronic device;
图3a为示例性示出的电子设备的显示一帧图像的过程示意图;Figure 3a is a schematic diagram of a process of displaying a frame of image on an exemplary electronic device;
图3b为示例性示出的电子设备的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 3b is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of the electronic device;
图3c为示例性示出的两种电子设备交互的示意图;Figure 3c is a schematic diagram illustrating the interaction of two electronic devices;
图4为传统技术中的电子设备的投屏场景的示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a screen projection scenario of an electronic device in traditional technology;
图5a为示例性示出的电子设备的图像显示过程的示意图;Figure 5a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary image display process of an electronic device;
图5b为示例性示出的电子设备的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 5b is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of the electronic device;
图5c为示例性示出的电子设备的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 5c is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of the electronic device;
图5d为示例性示出的电子设备的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 5d is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of the electronic device;
图5e为示例性示出的电子设备的一种绘帧和送显过程的示意图;Figure 5e is a schematic diagram of an exemplary frame drawing and display process of an electronic device;
图5f为示例性示出的电子设备的一种绘帧和送显过程的示意图;Figure 5f is a schematic diagram of an exemplary frame drawing and display process of an electronic device;
图6a为示例性示出的电子设备的一种绘帧和送显过程的示意图;Figure 6a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary frame drawing and display process of an electronic device;
图6b为示例性示出的电子设备的一种绘帧和送显过程的示意图;Figure 6b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary frame drawing and display process of an electronic device;
图6c为示例性示出的电子设备的一种绘帧和送显过程的示意图;Figure 6c is a schematic diagram of an exemplary frame drawing and display process of an electronic device;
图6d为示例性示出的电子设备的一种绘帧和送显过程的示意图;Figure 6d is a schematic diagram of an exemplary frame drawing and display process of an electronic device;
图7a为示例性示出的电子设备的图像显示过程的示意图;Figure 7a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary image display process of an electronic device;
图7b为示例性示出的电子设备的图像显示过程的示意图;Figure 7b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary image display process of an electronic device;
图7c为示例性示出的电子设备的图像显示过程的示意图;Figure 7c is a schematic diagram of an exemplary image display process of an electronic device;
图8为示例性示出的电子设备的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an exemplary electronic device;
图9为示例性示出的电子设备的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an exemplary electronic device;
图10为示例性示出的电子设备的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an exemplary electronic device;
图11为示例性示出的电子设备的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an exemplary electronic device;
图12为本申请实施例提供的装置的结构示意图。Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly and completely described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, rather than all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative efforts fall within the scope of protection of this application.
本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。The term "and/or" in this article is just an association relationship that describes related objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and they exist alone. B these three situations.
本申请实施例的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同的对象,而不是用于描述对象的特定顺序。例如,第一目标对象和第二目标对象等是用于区别不同的目标对象,而不是用于描述目标对象的特定顺序。The terms “first” and “second” in the description and claims of the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific order of objects. For example, the first target object, the second target object, etc. are used to distinguish different target objects, rather than to describe a specific order of the target objects.
在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解 释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。In the embodiments of this application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to represent examples, illustrations or explanations. Any embodiment or design solution described as "exemplary" or "such as" in the embodiments of this application should not be interpreted as Interpreted as more preferred or advantageous than other embodiments or designs. Rather, use of the words "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present the concept in a concrete manner.
在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是指两个或两个以上。例如,多个处理单元是指两个或两个以上的处理单元;多个系统是指两个或两个以上的系统。In the description of the embodiments of this application, unless otherwise specified, the meaning of “plurality” refers to two or more. For example, multiple processing units refer to two or more processing units; multiple systems refer to two or more systems.
图1示出了电子设备100的结构示意图。应该理解的是,图1所示电子设备100仅是电子设备的一个范例,可选地,电子设备100可以为终端,也可以称为终端设备,终端可以为蜂窝电话(cellular phone),平板电脑(pad)、可穿戴设备或物联网设备等具有媒体数据播放功能的设备,本申请不做限定。需要说明的是,电子设备100可以具有比图中所示的更多的或者更少的部件,可以组合两个或多个的部件,或者可以具有不同的部件配置。图1中所示出的各种部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件、或硬件和软件的组合中实现。FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 . It should be understood that the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 1 is only an example of an electronic device. Alternatively, the electronic device 100 may be a terminal, which may also be called a terminal device. The terminal may be a cellular phone or a tablet computer. Devices with media data playback functions such as (pads), wearable devices or Internet of Things devices are not limited by this application. It should be noted that the electronic device 100 may have more or fewer components than shown in the figure, may combine two or more components, or may have different component configurations. The various components shown in Figure 1 may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
电子设备100可以包括:处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。The electronic device 100 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2. Mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, And subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyro sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) wait. Among them, different processing units can be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
其中,控制器可以是电子设备100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 . The controller can generate operation control signals based on the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。The processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have been recently used or recycled by processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instructions or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户 标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. Interfaces may include integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, pulse code modulation (PCM) interface, universal asynchronous receiver and transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, user Identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and/or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备100充电,也可以用于电子设备100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, etc. The USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones to play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices, etc.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationships between the modules illustrated in the embodiments of the present application are only schematic illustrations and do not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection methods in the above embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection methods.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。The charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger. Among them, the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 . In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also provide power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,外部存储器,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110. The power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, internal memory 121, external memory, display screen 194, camera 193, wireless communication module 160, etc. The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance) and other parameters. In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110 . In other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example: Antenna 1 can be reused as a diversity antenna for a wireless LAN. In other embodiments, antennas may be used in conjunction with tuning switches.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide solutions for wireless communication including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the electronic device 100 . The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, perform filtering, amplification and other processing on the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be disposed in the processor 110 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B 等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。A modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Among them, the modulator is used to modulate the low-frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium-high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. The demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. After the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor, it is passed to the application processor. The application processor communicates via the audio device (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B etc.) output sound signals, or display images or videos through the display screen 194. In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), and global navigation satellites. System (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 . The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, frequency modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
电子设备100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 implements display functions through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like. The GPU is an image processing microprocessor and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。在另一些实施例中,该电子设备100还可以是投影仪。基于投影仪的显示特性,该电子设备可以包括或者不包括显示屏194。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc. Display 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can use a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light). emitting diode (AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diode (QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may also be a projector. The electronic device may or may not include a display screen 194 based on the display characteristics of the projector.
电子设备100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 100 can implement the shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video. The object passes through the lens to produce an optical image that is projected onto the photosensitive element.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement the data storage function. Such as saving music, videos, etc. files in external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,从而执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。在一些实施例中,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal  flash storage,UFS)等。Internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions. The processor 110 executes instructions stored in the internal memory 121 to execute various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 . The internal memory 121 may include a program storage area and a data storage area. Among them, the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required for a function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.). The storage data area may store data created during use of the electronic device 100 (such as audio data, phone book, etc.). In some embodiments, the internal memory 121 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash memory (universal flash storage, UFS), etc.
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the headphone interface 170D, and the application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signals. Audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 .
按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备100可以接收按键输入,产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The buttons 190 include a power button, a volume button, etc. Key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button. The electronic device 100 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100 .
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作,马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。The motor 191 can generate vibration prompts. The motor 191 can be used for vibration prompts for incoming calls and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations for different applications (such as taking pictures, audio playback, etc.) can correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The motor 191 can also respond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194 . Different application scenarios (such as time reminders, receiving information, alarm clocks, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also be customized.
指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate charging status, power changes, or may be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, etc.
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195,或从SIM卡接口195拔出,实现和电子设备100的接触和分离。电子设备100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口,N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备100通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,电子设备100采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备100中,不能和电子设备100分离。The SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card. The SIM card can be connected to or separated from the electronic device 100 by inserting it into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling it out from the SIM card interface 195 . The electronic device 100 can support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card, etc. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the plurality of cards may be the same or different. The SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with external memory cards. The electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as calls and data communications. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 uses an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100 .
电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本申请实施例以分层架构的Android系统为例,示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。The software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture. The embodiment of this application takes the Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 .
图2是本申请实施例的电子设备100的软件结构框图。FIG. 2 is a software structure block diagram of the electronic device 100 according to the embodiment of the present application.
电子设备100的分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,将Android系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库,以及内核层。The layered architecture of the electronic device 100 divides the software into several layers, and each layer has clear roles and division of labor. The layers communicate through software interfaces. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom: application layer, application framework layer, Android runtime and system libraries, and kernel layer.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。The application layer can include a series of application packages.
如图2所示,应用程序包可以包括相机,图库,日历,通话,地图,导航,WLAN,蓝牙,音乐,视频,短信息等应用程序。As shown in Figure 2, the application package can include camera, gallery, calendar, calling, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message and other applications.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。 The application framework layer provides an application programming interface (API) and programming framework for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
如图2所示,应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器,内容提供器,视图系统,电话管理器,资源管理器,通知管理器、逻辑管理器等。As shown in Figure 2, the application framework layer can include window manager, content provider, view system, phone manager, resource manager, notification manager, logic manager, etc.
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小,判断是否有状态栏,锁定屏幕,截取屏幕等。A window manager is used to manage window programs. The window manager can obtain the display size, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, capture the screen, etc.
逻辑管理器,可包括至少一个显示屏对象,并通过每个显示屏对象来管理对应的显示屏(不限于本电子设备的显示屏)的输入与输出。The logic manager may include at least one display screen object, and manage the input and output of the corresponding display screen (not limited to the display screen of this electronic device) through each display screen object.
如图1和图2所示,对于本申请的电子设备100(以第一电子设备来命名)中处于工作状态的显示屏194,电子设备100可在逻辑管理器中创建与该显示屏194对应的显示屏对象。示例性的,电子设备100运行的显示屏194可包括至少一个显示屏。As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 , for the display screen 194 in the working state in the electronic device 100 of the present application (named after the first electronic device), the electronic device 100 can create a corresponding display screen 194 in the logic manager. display object. By way of example, the display screen 194 on which the electronic device 100 operates may include at least one display screen.
示例性的,第一电子设备可具有单面屏(包括主屏),那么该逻辑管理器中可包括标记为主屏的显示屏对象。For example, the first electronic device may have a single screen (including a home screen), then the logical manager may include a display screen object marked as the home screen.
示例性的,第一电子设备可具有双面屏(包括主屏和背面屏),那么该逻辑管理器中可包括标记为主屏的显示屏对象,以及标记为背面屏的显示屏对象。For example, the first electronic device may have a double-sided screen (including a main screen and a back screen), then the logical manager may include a display screen object marked as the main screen and a display screen object marked as the back screen.
示例性的,第一电子设备可具有折叠屏(包括第一屏和第二屏),那么该逻辑管理器中可包括标记为第一屏的显示屏对象,以及标记为第二屏的显示屏对象。For example, the first electronic device may have a folding screen (including a first screen and a second screen), then the logical manager may include a display screen object marked as the first screen and a display screen marked as the second screen. object.
在一些实施例中,本申请的第一电子设备可通过HDMI(高清多媒体接口,High Definition Multimedia Interface)与至少一个第二电子设备(其中,第二电子设备包括显示屏)连接,且该第一电子设备与第二电子设备处于多屏同显的场景下,那么逻辑管理器中可进一步包括标记为有线屏的至少一个显示屏对象。In some embodiments, the first electronic device of the present application can be connected to at least one second electronic device (where the second electronic device includes a display screen) through HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface), and the first If the electronic device and the second electronic device are in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, the logic manager may further include at least one display screen object marked as a wired screen.
示例性的,本申请的电子设备1通过HDMI与电子设备2和电子设备3连接,逻辑管理器可进一步包括标记为有线屏1的显示屏对象(对应于电子设备2的显示屏)和标记为有线屏2的显示屏对象(对应于电子设备3的显示屏)。Exemplarily, the electronic device 1 of the present application is connected to the electronic device 2 and the electronic device 3 through HDMI. The logic manager may further include a display screen object labeled wired screen 1 (corresponding to the display screen of the electronic device 2) and a display object labeled wired screen 1. The display screen object of the wired screen 2 (corresponding to the display screen of the electronic device 3).
在一些实施例中,本申请的第一电子设备可与至少一个第三电子设备通过无线的方式进行通信连接,且该第一电子设备与第三电子设备处于多屏同显的场景下。那么该逻辑管理器可进一步包括标记为虚拟屏的至少一个显示屏对象。In some embodiments, the first electronic device of the present application can communicate with at least one third electronic device in a wireless manner, and the first electronic device and the third electronic device are in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario. The logical manager may then further include at least one display screen object labeled virtual screen.
示例性的,本申请的电子设备1通过Wi-Fi与电子设备4通过投屏协议进行通信连接,那么该逻辑管理器可进一步包括标记为虚拟屏1的显示对象(对应于电子设备4的显示屏)。For example, the electronic device 1 of the present application communicates with the electronic device 4 through Wi-Fi and uses a screen projection protocol. Then the logical manager may further include a display object labeled virtual screen 1 (corresponding to the display of the electronic device 4 Screen).
在一些实施例中,在第一电子设备处于录屏场景下时,该逻辑管理器也可进一步包括标记为虚拟屏的显示屏对象,该标记为虚拟屏的显示屏对象为对录制的第一电子设备的屏幕(例如主屏)所模拟的显示屏。In some embodiments, when the first electronic device is in a screen recording scene, the logic manager may further include a display screen object marked as a virtual screen, and the display screen object marked as a virtual screen is the first screen object for recording. A display simulated by the screen of an electronic device (such as a home screen).
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频,图像,音频,拨打和接听的电话,浏览历史和书签,电话簿等。Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make this data accessible to applications. Said data can include videos, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone books, etc.
视图系统包括可视控件,例如显示文字的控件,显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如,包括短信通知图标的显示界面,可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。The view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text, controls that display pictures, etc. A view system can be used to build applications. The display interface can be composed of one or more views. For example, a display interface including a text message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
电话管理器用于提供电子设备100的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通,挂断等)。 The phone manager is used to provide communication functions of the electronic device 100 . For example, call status management (including connected, hung up, etc.).
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串,图标,图片,布局文件,视频文件等等。The resource manager provides various resources to applications, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, etc.
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息,可以用于传达告知类型的消息,可以短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成,消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,例如后台运行的应用程序的通知,还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息,发出提示音,电子设备振动,指示灯闪烁等。The notification manager allows applications to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages and can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, etc. The notification manager can also be notifications that appear in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of charts or scroll bar text, such as notifications for applications running in the background, or notifications that appear on the screen in the form of conversation windows. For example, text information is prompted in the status bar, a beep sounds, the electronic device vibrates, the indicator light flashes, etc.
系统库与运行时层包括系统库和安卓运行时(Android Runtime)。系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如:表面管理器(surface manager),媒体库(Media Libraries),三维图形处理库(例如:OpenGL ES),2D图形引擎(例如:SGL)、安卓图层合成模块(Android SurfaceFlinger)等。3D图形库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成和图层处理等。安卓运行时包括核心库和虚拟机。安卓运行时负责安卓系统的调度和管理。核心库包含两部分:一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数,另一部分是安卓的核心库。应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理,堆栈管理,线程管理,安全和异常的管理,以及垃圾回收等功能。The system library and runtime layer include system libraries and Android Runtime. System libraries can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media libraries (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), Android layer synthesis module (Android SurfaceFlinger), etc. The 3D graphics library is used to implement three-dimensional graphics drawing, image rendering, composition and layer processing, etc. The Android runtime includes core libraries and a virtual machine. The Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system. The core library contains two parts: one is the functional functions that need to be called by the Java language, and the other is the core library of Android. The application layer and application framework layer run in virtual machines. The virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and application framework layer into binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection and other functions.
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。The surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,例如:MPEG4,H.264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。The media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as static image files, etc. The media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成,和图层处理等。The 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, composition, and layer processing.
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。2D Graphics Engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
图层合成模块(SurfaceFlinger)用于接收图1中的显示屏194采样的VSync信号的信号周期。The layer synthesis module (SurfaceFlinger) is used to receive the signal period of the VSync signal sampled by the display screen 194 in Figure 1 .
在一些实施例中,图层合成模块还用于对该信号周期进行修改,并按照修改后的信号周期进行图层合成,以及对合成的待上屏图像对不同显示屏对象进行区别化的送显等处理,具体处理过程将在下面的实施例中进行详细说明。In some embodiments, the layer synthesis module is also used to modify the signal period, perform layer synthesis according to the modified signal period, and differentiate the synthesized images to be displayed on the screen to different display screen objects. The specific processing process will be described in detail in the following embodiments.
示例性的,图层合成模块可为安卓图层合成模块。For example, the layer composition module may be an Android layer composition module.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动,摄像头驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
可以理解的是,图2示出的系统框架层、系统库与运行时层包含的部件,并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It can be understood that the components included in the system framework layer, system library and runtime layer shown in Figure 2 do not constitute specific limitations on the electronic device 100. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figures, or some components may be combined, some components may be separated, or some components may be arranged differently.
目前,随着用户对电子设备的显示画面的流畅度要求越来越高,电子设备的显示屏的刷新率也越来越高。其中,电子设备的显示屏显示的画面(静态或动态画面)由一帧一帧不断刷新的静态画面组成。电子设备的刷新率越高,显示屏在1秒内所能够显示的 静态画面的数量就越多,那么显示屏显示的画面的流畅度就越高。Currently, as users have higher and higher requirements for the smoothness of the display screen of electronic devices, the refresh rate of the display screen of electronic devices is also getting higher and higher. Among them, the picture (static or dynamic picture) displayed on the display screen of the electronic device consists of static pictures that are constantly refreshed frame by frame. The higher the refresh rate of an electronic device, the more information the display can display in 1 second. The greater the number of static images, the smoother the images displayed on the display.
在传统的方案中,以电子设备为手机为例,手机利用单缓冲区来显示图像,在单缓冲区方案中,图像绘制过程与屏幕对图像的刷新过程使用同一块缓冲区。那么如果屏幕的刷新率与图像的绘制频率不一致,则可能导致屏幕上同时显示两个画面区域,其中,两个画面区域属于不同图像帧,从而使得屏幕显示的图像出现画面割裂的情况。In the traditional solution, taking the electronic device as a mobile phone as an example, the mobile phone uses a single buffer to display images. In the single buffer solution, the image drawing process and the screen refresh process of the image use the same buffer. If the refresh rate of the screen is inconsistent with the drawing frequency of the image, it may cause two picture areas to be displayed on the screen at the same time, where the two picture areas belong to different image frames, causing the image displayed on the screen to appear split.
为了解决单缓冲区的问题,本申请的电子设备使用双缓冲区来显示图像。示例性的,图3a为示例性示出的电子设备利用双缓冲区显示每一帧图像的过程。In order to solve the problem of single buffer, the electronic device of the present application uses double buffer to display images. Exemplarily, FIG. 3a illustrates the process of an electronic device using a double buffer to display each frame of image.
如图3a所示,以电子设备为手机为例,手机可包括应用程序、图层合成模块、逻辑管理器,以及用于绘制图像的缓冲区A和用于显示图像的缓冲区B。其中,这里的应用程序为手机屏幕当前显示的界面所属的应用。示例性的,该应用程序可以是手机安装的应用,也可以是系统应用(例如提供手机桌面的应用),本申请对此不做限制。As shown in Figure 3a, taking the electronic device as a mobile phone as an example, the mobile phone may include an application program, a layer composition module, a logic manager, as well as a buffer A for drawing images and a buffer B for displaying images. Among them, the application here is the application to which the interface currently displayed on the mobile phone screen belongs. For example, the application program may be an application installed on the mobile phone, or may be a system application (for example, an application that provides a mobile phone desktop), which is not limited in this application.
示例性的,如图3b所示,手机屏幕上显示的主界面可包括图3b的(1)所示的图标界面201,图3b的(2)所示的系统通知栏界面202,以及图3b的(4)所示的状态栏界面203。其中,图标界面201可包括桌面背景图像2013以及多个图标,这里示出了应用图标、电量图标、网络图标等。为了实现将该主界面显示在手机屏幕上,手机可执行图3a所示的过程,来实现一帧主界面的送显。For example, as shown in Figure 3b, the main interface displayed on the mobile phone screen may include the icon interface 201 shown in (1) of Figure 3b, the system notification bar interface 202 shown in (2) of Figure 3b, and the system notification bar interface 202 shown in (2) of Figure 3b. The status bar interface 203 shown in (4). The icon interface 201 may include a desktop background image 2013 and a plurality of icons. Here, application icons, power icons, network icons, etc. are shown. In order to display the main interface on the mobile phone screen, the mobile phone can execute the process shown in Figure 3a to realize the display of one frame of the main interface.
如图3a所示,为了将缓冲区A中已绘制的图像传递至缓冲区B进行送显,电子设备中引入了VSync(垂直同步)信号。图层合成模块可接收到VSync信号的信号周期T0,图层合成模块可发送VSync信号至上述应用程序,以使应用程序在缓冲区A中绘制图像,其中,应用程序每接收一个VSync信号,执行一帧图像的绘制。As shown in Figure 3a, in order to transfer the drawn image in buffer A to buffer B for display, a VSync (vertical synchronization) signal is introduced in the electronic device. The layer synthesis module can receive the signal period T0 of the VSync signal, and the layer synthesis module can send the VSync signal to the above-mentioned application program, so that the application program draws the image in the buffer A, wherein each time the application program receives a VSync signal, execute Drawing of a frame of image.
示例性的,应用程序可基于所需要绘制的图像所包括的窗口数量,而调用CPU或GPU在缓冲区A创建相应数量的队列,以实现一帧图像中不同图层的并行绘制。示例性的,为了实现图3b所示的主界面的绘制,应用程序可调用CPU在缓冲区中的队列11中渲染窗口1,以绘制图3b的(4)所示的状态栏界面203,以及在队列12中渲染窗口2,以绘制图3b的(2)所示的系统通知栏界面202,以及在队列13中渲染窗口3,以绘制图3b的(1)所示的图标界面201中的桌面背景图像2013,以及在队列14中渲染窗口4,以绘制图3b的(1)所示的图标界面201中的各图标。应用程序就可通过调用CPU或GPU,来在缓冲区A中,对主界面内不同窗口进行并行绘制。For example, based on the number of windows included in the image that needs to be drawn, the application can call the CPU or GPU to create a corresponding number of queues in buffer A to achieve parallel drawing of different layers in one frame of image. For example, in order to realize the drawing of the main interface shown in Figure 3b, the application program can call the CPU to render window 1 in the queue 11 in the buffer to draw the status bar interface 203 shown in (4) of Figure 3b, and Window 2 is rendered in queue 12 to draw the system notification bar interface 202 shown in (2) of Figure 3b, and window 3 is rendered in queue 13 to draw the icon interface 201 shown in (1) of Figure 3b. The desktop background image 2013 is rendered, and the window 4 is rendered in the queue 14 to draw each icon in the icon interface 201 shown in (1) of Figure 3b. The application can draw different windows in the main interface in parallel in buffer A by calling the CPU or GPU.
在一些实施例中,CPU每在缓冲区A中的一个队列(例如队列11)中渲染完成一个窗口,则将在该队列11中绘制完成的窗口1写入缓冲区B中的队列(这里为队列21),CPU从而可在缓冲区A的队列11中继续对下一帧主界面的图像中的该窗口1进行渲染。对于缓冲区A中的其他队列的执行过程同理,以实现图像的不同窗口的并行渲染,提升图像的渲染效率。In some embodiments, every time the CPU completes rendering a window in a queue (for example, queue 11) in buffer A, it will write window 1 that has been completed in queue 11 to the queue in buffer B (here: Queue 21), the CPU can therefore continue to render the window 1 in the image of the next frame of the main interface in the queue 11 of the buffer A. The execution process of other queues in buffer A is the same to achieve parallel rendering of different windows of the image and improve the rendering efficiency of the image.
继续参照图3b,用户可从图3b的(1)所示的屏幕顶部的左半部分区域向下滑动,来显示如图3b的(2)所示的系统通知栏界面202,以及从图3b的(3)所示的屏幕顶部的右半部分区域向下滑动,来显示如图3b的(4)所示的状态栏界面203。也就是说,系统通知栏界面202与状态栏界面203是经过图层合成处理的。那么参照图3a,应用程序可调用CPU将在队列11中渲染的窗口1(这里为状态栏)和在队列12中渲染的窗口2(这里为系统 通知栏),写入至缓冲区B中的队列21来进行图层合成,以呈现图3b所示的对状态栏界面203和系统通知栏界面202的显示。Continuing to refer to Figure 3b, the user can slide down from the left half area at the top of the screen shown in (1) of Figure 3b to display the system notification bar interface 202 shown in (2) of Figure 3b, and from The right half area at the top of the screen shown in (3) slides down to display the status bar interface 203 shown in (4) of Figure 3b. In other words, the system notification bar interface 202 and the status bar interface 203 are processed by layer synthesis. Then referring to Figure 3a, the application can call the CPU to render window 1 (here is the status bar) in queue 11 and window 2 (here is the system) rendered in queue 12 notification bar), written to the queue 21 in the buffer B to perform layer synthesis, so as to present the display of the status bar interface 203 and the system notification bar interface 202 as shown in FIG. 3b.
在一些实施例中,应用程序还可调用CPU将在队列13中渲染完成的窗口3(这里为桌面背景图像)以及队列14中渲染完成的窗口4(这里为桌面图标)写入至缓冲区B内的队列22。In some embodiments, the application can also call the CPU to write the window 3 (here, the desktop background image) that has been rendered in the queue 13 and the window 4 (here, the desktop icon) that has been rendered in the queue 14 to the buffer B. Queue 22 within.
示例性的,图层合成模块可调用CPU或GPU在队列21内,将状态栏和系统通知栏进行图层合成,并将图层合成后的图像写入队列22。以及图层合成模块可在队列22内对桌面背景图像、桌面图标、图层合成后的图像进行硬件合成,以在队列22中得到一帧可上屏显示的主界面的图像,这里为与手机的屏幕分辨率大小相同的图像。For example, the layer synthesis module can call the CPU or GPU to perform layer synthesis on the status bar and system notification bar in the queue 21 , and write the layer-composited image into the queue 22 . And the layer synthesis module can perform hardware synthesis on the desktop background image, desktop icons, and layer-composited images in the queue 22, so as to obtain a frame of the main interface image that can be displayed on the screen in the queue 22. Here, it is with the mobile phone. The screen resolution of the image is the same size.
从图3a的过程可以看到,一帧图像在上屏显示前,需要经过应用程序对图像的渲染处理,图层合成模块对渲染后的图像进行合成处理(依次为图层合成处理和硬件合成处理)。最后,图层合成模块将硬件合成后的待上屏图像提供给逻辑管理器中对应的显示屏对象(例如对应于主屏的显示屏对象1),显示屏对象1可将从缓存区B读取的待上屏图像进行上屏显示,使得手机的主屏可显示图3b的(1)至图3b的(4)所示的任意界面。As can be seen from the process in Figure 3a, before a frame of image is displayed on the screen, it needs to be rendered by the application. The layer synthesis module synthesizes the rendered image (layer synthesis and hardware synthesis in sequence). deal with). Finally, the layer synthesis module provides the hardware-synthesized image to be displayed on the screen to the corresponding display screen object in the logic manager (for example, display screen object 1 corresponding to the main screen), and display screen object 1 can be read from the cache area B. The image to be uploaded is displayed on the screen, so that the main screen of the mobile phone can display any interface shown in (1) to (4) in Figure 3b.
在一些实施例中,图层合成模块也可将图层合成后的图像以及从缓冲区A得到的待硬件合成的图像发送至硬件合成模块(属于硬件抽象层的一个模块),来实现图像的硬件合成,并可从硬件合成模块读取图像的硬件合成结果,以提供给对应的显示屏对象。In some embodiments, the layer synthesis module can also send the layer-synthesized image and the image to be hardware-synthesized obtained from buffer A to the hardware synthesis module (a module belonging to the hardware abstraction layer) to implement image synthesis. Hardware synthesis, and can read the hardware synthesis result of the image from the hardware synthesis module to provide it to the corresponding display object.
示例性的,图2中应用程序的框架层内的窗口管理器,还可用于通知图层管理模块该映射关系,其中,该映射关系为缓冲区A中渲染后的窗口与逻辑管理器中显示屏对象的映射关系。其中,相互映射的窗口和显示屏对象表示该窗口用于送显至该显示屏对象对应的显示屏,也即该显示屏需要显示的一帧图像所需要的窗口内容。For example, the window manager in the frame layer of the application in Figure 2 can also be used to notify the layer management module of the mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship is between the rendered window in buffer A and the one displayed in the logical manager The mapping relationship of screen objects. The mutually mapped window and display screen object indicate that the window is used to send display to the display screen corresponding to the display screen object, that is, the window content required for a frame of image that the display screen needs to display.
示例性的,图层管理模块可按照窗口管理器提供的上述映射关系,来调用CPU(或GPU)分别对各显示屏对象所需要的窗口进行合成,以得到各显示屏对象的待上屏图像。在不同场景下,逻辑管理器中不同的显示屏对象所需的待上屏图像可能存在差别或相同,本申请对此不做限制。例如在多屏同显场景下,各个显示屏对象对应的各显示屏所需要的窗口内容相同,那么图层合成模块可按照各个显示屏对象需要的窗口分别进行图层合成和硬件合成,以得到待送显至各个显示屏对象的一帧待上屏图像。For example, the layer management module can call the CPU (or GPU) to synthesize the windows required for each display screen object according to the above-mentioned mapping relationship provided by the window manager to obtain the on-screen image of each display screen object. . In different scenarios, the images to be displayed on the screen required by different display screen objects in the logic manager may be different or the same, and this application does not limit this. For example, in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, if the window content required by each display screen corresponding to each display screen object is the same, then the layer synthesis module can perform layer synthesis and hardware synthesis according to the windows required by each display screen object, so as to obtain A frame of image to be displayed on the screen to be sent to each display screen object.
在一些实施例中,图层管理模块可串行地合成各显示屏对象的待上屏图像,本申请对此不做限制。In some embodiments, the layer management module can serially synthesize the images to be displayed on each display screen object, and this application does not limit this.
继续参照图3a,图层合成模块在接收到信号周期T0后,不仅可发送VSync信号至应用程序,以通知应用程序进行一帧图像的渲染,还可发送VSync信号至逻辑管理器中的每个显示屏对象,以实现对缓冲区B中各待上屏图像的送显。示例性的,图层合成模块可发送VSync信号至逻辑管理器中的每个显示屏对象,以通知该显示屏对象从缓冲区B内的相应队列中读取各自的一帧待上屏图像。Continuing to refer to Figure 3a, after receiving the signal period T0, the layer synthesis module can not only send a VSync signal to the application program to notify the application program to render a frame of image, but also send a VSync signal to each in the logic manager. The display screen object is used to display the images to be displayed on the screen in buffer B. For example, the layer synthesis module can send a VSync signal to each display screen object in the logic manager to notify the display screen object to read its respective frame of image to be displayed on the screen from the corresponding queue in buffer B.
通过对图3a的描述可以看到,在双缓冲区的场景下,手机可通过图层合成模块发送一次VSync信号到应用程序,来实现一帧图像的渲染、图层合成、硬件合成,以及通过发送一次VSync信号到逻辑管理器中的显示屏对象,来实现硬件合成后的一帧图像的送显,从而实现双缓冲区的数据交换。 As can be seen from the description of Figure 3a, in the double buffer scenario, the mobile phone can send a VSync signal to the application through the layer synthesis module to achieve the rendering, layer synthesis, hardware synthesis of a frame of image, and through Send a VSync signal to the display object in the logic manager to realize the display of a frame of image after hardware synthesis, thereby realizing double buffer data exchange.
目前,手机的显示屏的FPS(Frames per Seconds,每秒传输帧数)可具有多个档位,例如10、20、40、60,其中,手机显示屏的最大FPS为60,在手机的显示屏的FPS处于某个档位时,图层合成模块可从硬件(例如显示屏)采样到对应于该档位的VSync信号的信号周期,为了便于说明,本申请全文以手机的显示屏的当前FPS处于最高档位为例来说明。Currently, the FPS (Frames per Seconds) of a mobile phone's display can have multiple levels, such as 10, 20, 40, and 60. Among them, the maximum FPS of a mobile phone's display is 60. When the FPS of the screen is at a certain gear, the layer synthesis module can sample the signal period of the VSync signal corresponding to the gear from the hardware (such as the display screen). For the convenience of explanation, the full text of this application uses the current value of the mobile phone's display screen. FPS is at the highest gear as an example to illustrate.
在传统技术中,图层合成模块在向应用程序发送VSync信号,以及在向逻辑管理器中的每个显示屏对象发送VSync信号时,VSync信号的发送周期均为从硬件采样到的信号周期T0。其中,该信号周期T0为手机屏幕的当前的FPS的倒数,例如手机的主屏的当前的FPS为60,则信号周期T0为1/60。In traditional technology, when the layer synthesis module sends a VSync signal to the application and when it sends a VSync signal to each display object in the logic manager, the sending period of the VSync signal is the signal period T0 sampled from the hardware. . The signal period T0 is the reciprocal of the current FPS of the mobile phone screen. For example, the current FPS of the mobile phone's main screen is 60, then the signal period T0 is 1/60.
基于对手机的显示屏的FSP的介绍可知,手机显示屏受硬件显示,其最大FPS为60,那么该信号周期T0也受手机屏幕的硬件限制,使得应用程序每秒最多只可以渲染60帧图像。并且,在传统技术中,图层合成模块在发送VSync信号至逻辑管理器中的各显示屏对象时,也是按照统一的该信号周期T0来分别发送VSync信号至各个显示屏对象,来通知各个显示屏对象在缓冲区B取用各自的待上屏图像。那么各个显示屏对象对应的显示屏每秒也最多只可显示60帧图像。Based on the introduction of the FSP of the mobile phone display, it can be seen that the mobile phone display is limited by the hardware display, and its maximum FPS is 60. Then the signal period T0 is also limited by the hardware of the mobile phone screen, so that the application can only render up to 60 frames per second. . Moreover, in traditional technology, when the layer synthesis module sends VSync signals to each display screen object in the logic manager, it also sends VSync signals to each display screen object according to the unified signal period T0 to notify each display. The screen objects obtain their respective images to be displayed on the screen in buffer B. Then the display screen corresponding to each display screen object can only display up to 60 frames of images per second.
那么在多屏同显场景下,例如图3b、图3c和图4所示的手机向电视投屏的场景下,在传统技术中,如图3c所示,图3b所示的手机与路由器通过Wi-Fi数据连接,电视与该路由器通过Wi-Fi数据连接,那么用户可操作图3b的手机,来将手机屏幕上显示的内容投屏到电视的屏幕上显示。So in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, such as the scenario where the mobile phone projects to the TV as shown in Figure 3b, Figure 3c and Figure 4, in traditional technology, as shown in Figure 3c, the mobile phone shown in Figure 3b communicates with the router through Wi-Fi data connection, the TV and the router are connected through Wi-Fi data, then the user can operate the mobile phone in Figure 3b to project the content displayed on the mobile phone screen to the TV screen for display.
示例性的,如图4所示,手机的屏幕刷新率为60帧/s,手机的显示屏的FPS为60,电视的显示屏的FPS为120。示例性的,作为分享码流的一端,手机可称为本端,作为接收码流的一端,电视可称为对端。For example, as shown in Figure 4, the screen refresh rate of the mobile phone is 60 frames/s, the FPS of the display screen of the mobile phone is 60, and the FPS of the display screen of the TV is 120. For example, as the end that shares the code stream, the mobile phone can be called the local end, and as the end that receives the code stream, the TV can be called the opposite end.
示例性的,可参照图3b的(4),状态栏界面203可包括多个控件,例如多个系统功能的快捷开关的图标,例如“飞行模式”快捷开关图标、“移动数据”快捷开关图标、“静音”快捷开关图标、“自动旋转”快捷开关图标、“免打扰”快捷开关图标、“屏幕录制”快捷开关图标、“超级省电”快捷开关图标、“无线投屏”快捷开关图标2031等。For example, referring to (4) of Figure 3b, the status bar interface 203 may include multiple controls, such as icons for shortcut switches of multiple system functions, such as the "Airplane Mode" shortcut switch icon and the "Mobile Data" shortcut switch icon. , "Mute" shortcut switch icon, "Auto-rotate" shortcut switch icon, "Do Not Disturb" shortcut switch icon, "Screen Recording" shortcut switch icon, "Super Power Saving" shortcut switch icon, "Wireless Screen Mirroring" shortcut switch icon 2031 wait.
示例性的,用户点击“无线投屏”快捷开关图标2031,手机可响应于该用户操作,显示图3b的(5)所示的图标界面201,其中,图标界面201显示有悬浮窗2011,悬浮窗2011包括手机搜索到的可投屏设备的图标2012(这里为客厅的电视)。示例性的,用户点击图标2012,手机可响应于该用户操作,在图3a所示的逻辑管理器中创建显示屏对象2,例如标记为虚拟屏的display2,这里的显示屏对象2对应于图4所示的电视的屏幕;在一些实施例中,逻辑管理器还包括显示屏对象1,例如,标记为主屏的display1,这里的显示屏对象1对应于图4所示的手机的屏幕。For example, the user clicks the "wireless screen projection" shortcut switch icon 2031, and the mobile phone can respond to the user operation and display the icon interface 201 shown in (5) of Figure 3b, wherein the icon interface 201 displays a floating window 2011. The window 2011 includes an icon 2012 of a screen-casting device searched by the mobile phone (here, the TV in the living room). For example, the user clicks the icon 2012, and the mobile phone can respond to the user operation by creating a display screen object 2 in the logic manager shown in Figure 3a, such as display2 marked as a virtual screen. The display screen object 2 here corresponds to the display screen shown in Figure 3a. The screen of the TV shown in Figure 4; in some embodiments, the logic manager also includes a display screen object 1, for example, display 1 marked as the main screen. The display screen object 1 here corresponds to the screen of the mobile phone shown in Figure 4.
结合图3a的过程,手机在接收到信号周期T0后,在传统技术中,手机可响应于用户点击图3b的(5)中图标2012的操作,按照信号周期T0发送VSync信号到应用程序,以及按照信号周期T0发送VSync信号到显示屏对象1和显示屏对象2。结合图3a的过程,使得应用程序每秒最多绘制60帧图像,而对应于主屏的显示屏对象1和对应于虚拟屏的显示屏对象2均每秒可最多获取到60帧图像。 Combined with the process of Figure 3a, after the mobile phone receives the signal period T0, in traditional technology, the mobile phone can respond to the user's operation of clicking the icon 2012 in (5) of Figure 3b, and send the VSync signal to the application according to the signal period T0, and Send the VSync signal to display screen object 1 and display screen object 2 according to the signal period T0. Combined with the process in Figure 3a, the application can draw up to 60 frames of images per second, and both the display screen object 1 corresponding to the main screen and the display screen object 2 corresponding to the virtual screen can obtain up to 60 frames of images per second.
示例性的,在图4所示的投屏场景下,手机可将显示屏对象2获取的图像作为投屏的码流通过Wi-Fi网络传输到电视,以及将显示屏对象1获取的图像显示在手机屏幕上。如图4所示,手机屏幕的显示内容为如图3b所示的图标界面201,电视屏幕的显示内容也为该图标界面201。并且,手机屏幕每秒可显示60帧图像,而手机发送至电视的作为投屏内容的码流的频率也同样为60帧/s。For example, in the screen projection scenario shown in Figure 4, the mobile phone can transmit the image obtained by the display screen object 2 as a screen projection code stream to the TV through the Wi-Fi network, and display the image obtained by the display screen object 1 on the phone screen. As shown in Figure 4, the display content of the mobile phone screen is the icon interface 201 as shown in Figure 3b, and the display content of the TV screen is also the icon interface 201. Moreover, the mobile phone screen can display 60 frames of images per second, and the frequency of the code stream sent by the mobile phone to the TV as screen projection content is also 60 frames/s.
虽然电视屏幕的当前FPS为120(其中,电视屏幕的最大FPS为120),但由于本端绘制图像的频率,受从硬件采样的VSync信号的信号周期T0的限制,使得作为对端的电视,在显示手机(本端)传输的媒体数据时,只可以按照本端的屏幕刷新率来显示媒体数据。而无法按照对端自身的屏幕刷新率来显示对端传送的码流。因此,在多屏同显场景下,在本端的屏幕刷新率低于对端的屏幕刷新率时,本端只可以按照本端的屏幕刷新率来进行绘帧和送显,但是对端并不进行图像的绘制。在该些情况下,较低刷新率的本端无法提供高于本端刷新率的码流至对端。Although the current FPS of the TV screen is 120 (the maximum FPS of the TV screen is 120), because the frequency of drawing images at the local end is limited by the signal period T0 of the VSync signal sampled from the hardware, the TV as the peer end When displaying media data transmitted by the mobile phone (local end), the media data can only be displayed according to the screen refresh rate of the local end. However, the code stream transmitted by the peer cannot be displayed according to the peer's own screen refresh rate. Therefore, in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, when the screen refresh rate of the local end is lower than the screen refresh rate of the opposite end, the local end can only draw frames and send display according to the screen refresh rate of the local end, but the opposite end does not perform image processing. of drawing. In these cases, the local end with a lower refresh rate cannot provide a code stream higher than the local refresh rate to the opposite end.
为了解决传统技术中,在多屏同显场景下,本端只可以提供与本端刷新率相同的码流到对端显示,而无法提供超出本端的屏幕刷新率的码流的问题,本申请提供了一种电子设备,可突破本端的屏幕刷新率限制进行绘帧,以实现媒体数据在对端的高刷新率显示。In order to solve the problem in traditional technology that in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, the local end can only provide a code stream with the same refresh rate as the local end to the opposite end for display, but cannot provide a code stream that exceeds the local end's screen refresh rate, this application An electronic device is provided that can break through the screen refresh rate limit of the local terminal and draw frames to achieve high refresh rate display of media data on the opposite terminal.
示例性的,本申请的电子设备所应用的多屏同显场景可包括但不限于以下场景:投屏、录屏、视频通话、直播、视频会议、超级终端、多屏协同等场景。示例性的,在本申请各个实施例中,在多屏同显场景下,本端的数量为至少一个,对端的数量为至少一个。其中,本端可为制作媒体数据的码流并显示码流的电子设备,对端可为接收本端制作的码流并显示该码流的电子设备。示例性的,媒体数据的媒体类型可包括但不限于:静态图像、视频等。For example, the multi-screen simultaneous display scenarios applied to the electronic device of the present application may include but are not limited to the following scenarios: screen projection, screen recording, video calls, live broadcasts, video conferencing, super terminals, multi-screen collaboration and other scenarios. For example, in various embodiments of the present application, in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, the number of local terminals is at least one, and the number of opposite terminals is at least one. Among them, the local end can be an electronic device that produces a code stream of media data and displays the code stream, and the opposite end can be an electronic device that receives the code stream produced by the local end and displays the code stream. For example, the media type of the media data may include but is not limited to: still images, videos, etc.
示例性的,在一些场景下,例如录屏场景下,本端与对端可为同一电子设备。For example, in some scenarios, such as a screen recording scenario, the local terminal and the opposite terminal may be the same electronic device.
示例性的,在投屏场景下,执行投屏操作的电子设备为本端,接收投屏的码流的电子设备为对端。For example, in a screen casting scenario, the electronic device that performs the screen casting operation is the local end, and the electronic device that receives the screen casting code stream is the opposite end.
示例性的,在视频通话场景下,分享视频画面的电子设备为本端,接收本端发送的视频画面的码流的电子设备为对端。For example, in a video call scenario, the electronic device that shares the video picture is the local end, and the electronic device that receives the code stream of the video picture sent by the local end is the opposite end.
示例性的,在直播场景下,执行直播操作的电子设备为本端,接收本端发送的直播视频的码流的电子设备为对端。For example, in a live broadcast scenario, the electronic device that performs the live broadcast operation is the local end, and the electronic device that receives the code stream of the live video sent by the local end is the opposite end.
示例性的,在视频会议场景下,分享视频画面的电子设备为本端,接收本端发送的视频画面的码流的电子设备为对端。For example, in a video conference scenario, the electronic device that shares the video picture is the local end, and the electronic device that receives the code stream of the video picture sent by the local end is the opposite end.
示例性的,在超级终端场景下,分享视频画面的电子设备为本端,接收本端发送的视频画面的码流的电子设备为对端。For example, in a hyper terminal scenario, the electronic device that shares the video picture is the local end, and the electronic device that receives the code stream of the video picture sent by the local end is the opposite end.
在一些实施例中,本端和对端可为电动汽车,分享视频画面的电子设备可以为电动汽车,接收该视频画面的电子设备为另一个电动汽车。例如通过电动汽车的屏幕来实现本申请的视频画面的分享或者接收。In some embodiments, the local end and the opposite end may be electric cars, the electronic device sharing the video picture may be an electric car, and the electronic device receiving the video picture may be another electric car. For example, the video screen of this application can be shared or received through the screen of an electric car.
在一些实施例中,本端可为电动汽车,对端可为手机,电动汽车可分享视频画面至手机进行多屏同显。在一些实施例中,本端可为手机,对端可为电动汽车,手机可分享 视频画面至电动汽车进行多屏同显。In some embodiments, the local end can be an electric car and the opposite end can be a mobile phone. The electric car can share video images to the mobile phone for multi-screen simultaneous display. In some embodiments, the local terminal can be a mobile phone, the opposite terminal can be an electric car, and the mobile phone can share Video images can be displayed simultaneously on multiple screens in electric vehicles.
在一些实施例中,响应于图像显示请求,分享图像(或视频画面)的电子设备均可作为本端,接收码流(图像流或视频流)的电子设备均作为对端,那么在不同场景下,作为本端的电子设备,以及作为对端的电子设备都是可调整的。例如同一个电子设备可从本端切换为对端,同一个电子设备也可以从对端切换为本端,同一个电子设备也可以既作为本端也作为对端。In some embodiments, in response to the image display request, the electronic device sharing the image (or video screen) can serve as the local end, and the electronic device receiving the code stream (image stream or video stream) can serve as the peer end. Then, in different scenarios Below, the electronic device serving as the local end and the electronic device serving as the peer end are both adjustable. For example, the same electronic device can be switched from the local end to the opposite end, the same electronic device can also be switched from the opposite end to the local end, and the same electronic device can also be used as both the local end and the opposite end.
例如手机1、手机2和手机3通信连接进行视频会议。For example, mobile phone 1, mobile phone 2 and mobile phone 3 communicate and connect for video conference.
在一个场景中,手机1分享视频画面至手机2、手机3,那么手机1作为本端,手机2和手机3均为对端。三个手机显示的画面均为手机1分享的视频画面。In one scenario, mobile phone 1 shares video footage to mobile phone 2 and mobile phone 3, then mobile phone 1 serves as the local end, and mobile phone 2 and mobile phone 3 are both opposite ends. The images displayed by the three mobile phones are all video images shared by mobile phone 1.
在另一个场景中,手机2也开始分享视频画面,那么手机1和手机2均分享各自的视频画面在视频会议中。那么本场景中,手机2也作为本端,手机3还是对端,手机1和手机2均作为分享视频画面的本端。此外,手机1还可接收并显示手机2分享的视频画面,那么手机1不仅可作为本端,还可作为对端。同理,手机2还可接收并显示手机1分享的视频画面,那么手机2也不仅作为本端,还作为对端。In another scenario, mobile phone 2 also starts to share the video screen, then mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 both share their respective video screens in the video conference. So in this scenario, mobile phone 2 also serves as the local end, mobile phone 3 is still the opposite end, and mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 both serve as the local end for sharing video images. In addition, mobile phone 1 can also receive and display the video screen shared by mobile phone 2, so mobile phone 1 can not only serve as the local end, but also serve as the opposite end. In the same way, mobile phone 2 can also receive and display the video screen shared by mobile phone 1, so mobile phone 2 not only serves as the local end, but also serves as the opposite end.
图5a为示例性的示出的电子设备在多屏同显场景下的图像显示过程的示意图,可结合图5b至图5d的投屏场景来理解该图像显示过程。其中,对于图5a中关于应用绘制图像、图层合成模块合成图像的过程,以及缓冲区A和缓存区B的数据交换过程可参照图3a的描述,原理类似,这里不再赘述。Figure 5a is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary image display process of an electronic device in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario. The image display process can be understood in conjunction with the screen projection scenarios of Figures 5b to 5d. Among them, for the process of applying the drawing image and the layer synthesis module to synthesize the image in Figure 5a, as well as the data exchange process between the buffer area A and the buffer area B, please refer to the description in Figure 3a. The principles are similar and will not be described again here.
如图5a所示,该过程可包括如下步骤:As shown in Figure 5a, the process may include the following steps:
S101,图层合成模块基于本端的当前的屏幕刷新率(FPS0=1/T0)和对端当前的屏幕刷新率,确定第一周期T11。S101. The layer synthesis module determines the first period T11 based on the current screen refresh rate of the local end (FPS0=1/T0) and the current screen refresh rate of the opposite end.
示例性的,请参照图5b,如图5b的(1)所示,手机的显示界面200可包括至少一个控件,该控件包括但不限于:网络图标控件、电量图标控件、应用图标控件等,其中,应用图标控件可包括华为视频的图标控件2013,用户点击图标控件2013,手机可响应于该用户操作,启动华为视频应用,并显示如图5b的(2)所示的显示界面301。For example, please refer to Figure 5b. As shown in (1) of Figure 5b, the display interface 200 of the mobile phone may include at least one control. The control includes but is not limited to: a network icon control, a power icon control, an application icon control, etc., The application icon control may include the Huawei Video icon control 2013. When the user clicks the icon control 2013, the mobile phone may launch the Huawei Video application in response to the user operation and display the display interface 301 as shown in (2) of Figure 5b.
如图5b的(2)所示,显示界面301为华为视频应用的视频播放界面,显示界面301可包括至少一个控件,该控件包括但不限于:播放进度条控件402、播放进度控件404、当前播放时间控件403,视频时长控件406、播放暂停控件405,投屏控件302。As shown in (2) of Figure 5b, the display interface 301 is the video playback interface of the Huawei video application. The display interface 301 may include at least one control, which includes but is not limited to: playback progress bar control 402, playback progress control 404, current Play time control 403, video duration control 406, play pause control 405, screen projection control 302.
示例性的,用户在点击播放暂停控件405后,手机可响应于该用户操作,对显示界面301内播放的视频进行暂停播放或启动播放。示例性的,播放时长控件406用于表示显示界面301内播放的视频的总时长(这里为50分钟)。当前播放时间控件403用于表示显示界面301内播放的视频的当前播放进度,在上述总时长中对应的播放时间点(简称当前播放时间点,这里为0分0秒)。示例性的,用户在沿播放进度条控件402,拖动播放进度控件404时,手机可响应于用户操作,来调整显示界面301内播放的视频的播放进度。For example, after the user clicks the playback pause control 405, the mobile phone can respond to the user operation by pausing or starting the playback of the video played in the display interface 301. For example, the playback duration control 406 is used to represent the total duration of the video played in the display interface 301 (here, it is 50 minutes). The current playback time control 403 is used to represent the current playback progress of the video played in the display interface 301, and the corresponding playback time point in the above total duration (referred to as the current playback time point, here is 0 minutes and 0 seconds). For example, when the user drags the playback progress control 404 along the playback progress bar control 402, the mobile phone can adjust the playback progress of the video played in the display interface 301 in response to the user's operation.
示例性的,如图5b的(2)所示,用户点击投屏控件302,手机可响应于该用户操作,显示图5b的(3)所示的显示界面301,该显示界面301可进一步包括控件303,控件303内显示有可投屏的设备的名称(这里为客厅的电视),在一些实施例中,控件303内还包括 选项控件304。用户可点击选项控件304,手机可响应于该用户操作,如图5c和图5d所示,使手机与电视通过Wi-Fi连接,并且,手机可通过投屏协议将手机屏幕实时显示的视频内容的视频流投放到电视屏幕进行同步显示。For example, as shown in (2) of Figure 5b, the user clicks the screen projection control 302. In response to the user operation, the mobile phone can display the display interface 301 shown in (3) of Figure 5b. The display interface 301 can further include: Control 303 displays the name of the device that can project the screen (here is the TV in the living room). In some embodiments, the control 303 also includes Option Control 304. The user can click the option control 304, and the mobile phone can respond to the user operation, as shown in Figure 5c and Figure 5d, to connect the mobile phone to the TV through Wi-Fi, and the mobile phone can display the video content on the mobile phone screen in real time through the screen projection protocol. The video stream is projected to the TV screen for simultaneous display.
示例性的,手机可响应于用户点击图5b的(3)所示的选项控件304,通过对端与本端之间的设备连接协议(这里为投屏协议),来从电视获取电视的屏幕刷新率(例如,简称对端的FPS)。示例性的,对端的FPS为120。在一些实施例中,如图5a所示,手机还可响应于用户可点击选项控件304的操作,在逻辑管理器中创建显示屏对象2(例如标记为虚拟屏的display2)。在一些实施例中,逻辑管理器还包括手机显示屏对象1(例如标记为主屏的display1),其中,显示屏对象1用于管理手机屏幕的输入输出。显示屏对象2用于管理图5c和图5d所示的电视的屏幕的输入输出。Exemplarily, in response to the user clicking the option control 304 shown in (3) of Figure 5b, the mobile phone can obtain the screen of the TV from the TV through the device connection protocol (here, the screen casting protocol) between the opposite end and the local end. Refresh rate (for example, the peer's FPS for short). For example, the FPS of the opposite end is 120. In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 5a, the mobile phone can also create a display screen object 2 (for example, display 2 marked as a virtual screen) in the logic manager in response to the user's operation of the clickable option control 304. In some embodiments, the logical manager also includes a mobile phone display screen object 1 (for example, display 1 marked as the main screen), where the display screen object 1 is used to manage the input and output of the mobile phone screen. The display screen object 2 is used to manage the input and output of the TV screen shown in Figure 5c and Figure 5d.
在一些实施例中,手机的图层合成模块可从手机的显示屏硬件(例如液晶显示屏(LCD,Liquid Crystal Display)定期获取VSync信号周期的采样数据(例如00001000001,其中1表示需要发送VSync信号,0表示不需要发送VSync信号),图层合成模块可从LCD定期获取到VSync信号的信号周期T0。如前文所述,信号周期T0直接与手机的LCD的FPS0相关,T0=1/FPS0。示例性的,本端(例如手机)的FPS0为60,则T0=1/60。In some embodiments, the layer synthesis module of the mobile phone can periodically obtain sampling data of the VSync signal period (such as 00001000001, where 1 indicates that the VSync signal needs to be sent) from the display hardware of the mobile phone (such as a liquid crystal display (LCD, Liquid Crystal Display) , 0 means no VSync signal needs to be sent), the layer synthesis module can regularly obtain the signal period T0 of the VSync signal from the LCD. As mentioned above, the signal period T0 is directly related to the FPS0 of the mobile phone's LCD, T0=1/FPS0. For example, if the FPS0 of the local terminal (such as a mobile phone) is 60, then T0=1/60.
在传统技术中,图层合成模块只可以按照从LCD采样的信号周期T0来周期性的发送VSync信号到应用程序和显示屏对象,使得图像绘制率和刷新率均受本端从硬件采样的VSync信号的信号周期限制。In traditional technology, the layer synthesis module can only periodically send VSync signals to applications and display objects according to the signal period T0 sampled from the LCD, so that the image drawing rate and refresh rate are affected by the VSync sampled from the hardware locally. The signal period limit of the signal.
而在本申请实施例的手机中,图层合成模块可基于从对端获取到的对端的FPS(这里为120)来对从本端硬件采样的信号周期T0(这里为1/60)进行修改,得到第一周期T11。In the mobile phone according to the embodiment of the present application, the layer synthesis module can modify the signal period T0 (here 1/60) sampled from the local hardware based on the FPS of the opposite end obtained from the opposite end (here 120). , the first period T11 is obtained.
示例性的,如图3a的实施例所述,手机在进行图像渲染(或者说绘制)和图像合成时,都是按照该信号周期T0执行的,那么该信号周期T0也称图像绘制周期。本实施例中,图层合成模块可对从硬件采样得到的VSync信号的信号周期T0进行修改,修改后的图像绘制周期为T11。那么手机在进行图像渲染和图像合成时,则均按照T11来执行,那么每个T11,手机可得到一帧待上屏显示的图像,那么手机可按照T11绘制多帧图像。For example, as shown in the embodiment of Figure 3a, when the mobile phone performs image rendering (or drawing) and image synthesis, it is performed according to the signal period T0, so the signal period T0 is also called the image drawing period. In this embodiment, the layer synthesis module can modify the signal period T0 of the VSync signal sampled from the hardware, and the modified image drawing period is T11. Then when the mobile phone performs image rendering and image synthesis, it is performed according to T11. Then for each T11, the mobile phone can get one frame of image to be displayed on the screen, and then the mobile phone can draw multiple frames of images according to T11.
示例性的,LCD发送至图层合成模块的硬件形式的周期信号是无法被修改的,但是图层合成模块可将硬件形式的周期信号转换为软件形式的周期信号,然后,对软件周期信号T0进行修改,使得修改后的软件形式的周期信号为T11。那么图层合成模块可按照第一周期T11来通知应用程序进行绘帧,使得应用程序的绘制频率不受硬件采样的周期信号T0限制。For example, the periodic signal in the form of hardware sent by the LCD to the layer synthesis module cannot be modified, but the layer synthesis module can convert the periodic signal in the form of hardware into a periodic signal in the form of software, and then, the software periodic signal T0 Make modifications so that the periodic signal in the modified software form is T11. Then the layer synthesis module can notify the application program to draw frames according to the first period T11, so that the drawing frequency of the application program is not limited by the periodic signal T0 sampled by the hardware.
在一些实施例中,随着手机运行时长越长,CPU执行命令发生堵塞等原因,可造成软件形式的信号周期与硬件形式的信号周期之间的时间间隔越来越大,从而导致软件形式的周期信号不准确,使得手机屏幕可能会出现花屏等问题。那么为了校准软件形式的周期信号,在多屏同显场景下,图层合成模块可在每次收到LCD的硬件形式的周期信号时,都对软件形式的周期信号进行修改,从而达到定期校准VSync信号的信号周期的效果,防止出现花屏等问题。In some embodiments, as the mobile phone runs longer, the CPU execution command is blocked, etc., which may cause the time interval between the signal period in the software form and the signal period in the hardware form to become larger and larger, resulting in software form. The periodic signal is inaccurate, causing problems such as screen blur on the mobile phone screen. In order to calibrate the periodic signal in the form of software, in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, the layer synthesis module can modify the periodic signal in the form of software every time it receives the periodic signal in the hardware form of the LCD, thereby achieving regular calibration. The effect of the signal period of the VSync signal prevents problems such as screen blur.
S104,图层合成模块按照第一周期T11发送VSync信号至应用程序。 S104. The layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to the application program according to the first period T11.
示例性的,如图5b所示,这里的应用程序为手机屏幕当前显示的界面对应的应用,这里为华为视频应用。For example, as shown in Figure 5b, the application here is the application corresponding to the interface currently displayed on the mobile phone screen, here it is the Huawei video application.
S105,应用程序按照第一周期T11渲染图像。S105, the application renders the image according to the first cycle T11.
S106,图层合成模块按照第一周期T11合成图像。S106, the layer synthesis module synthesizes the image according to the first cycle T11.
通过以上S105和S106,本端可按照第一周期T11绘制多帧图像(例如第一图像)。Through the above S105 and S106, the local terminal can draw multiple frames of images (for example, the first image) according to the first period T11.
示例性的,在本端当前FPS为60、对端当前FPS为120,图层合成模块在修改VSync信号的信号周期时,可通过两种策略来修改,对应于对信号周期的修改策略不同,在对主屏和虚拟屏送显时策略也存在差异。示例性的,策略1可为最小公倍数策略。策略2可为高于最大FPS的策略。For example, the current FPS of the local end is 60 and the current FPS of the opposite end is 120. When the layer synthesis module modifies the signal period of the VSync signal, it can modify it through two strategies, corresponding to the different modification strategies of the signal period. There are also differences in the strategies for displaying the main screen and the virtual screen. For example, strategy 1 may be a least common multiple strategy. Strategy 2 can be a strategy higher than the maximum FPS.
基于策略1的实施方式1,本端FPS为60,那么T0=1/60,对端FPS为120,图层合成模块在修改信号周期时,可确定目标FPS,其中,T11为目标FPS的倒数。在本实施方式中,目标FPS可为120,图层合成模块可将VSync信号的信号周期缩短一半。对此,图层合成模块可将发送VSync信号至应用程序时的信号周期缩短一半,T11=(1/2)*T0=1/120。这样图层合成模块可控制本端的应用程序以120帧/s的频率绘制图像。由于应用每次接收到一个VSync信号,才可以绘制一帧图像,那么VSync信号的信号周期(也称图像绘制周期)缩短一半,可使应用程序的图像绘制量翻倍,提高了图像绘制量。同理,图层合成模块在合成图像时,也是按照120帧/s的频率进行合成。Based on Implementation Mode 1 of Strategy 1, the local FPS is 60, then T0=1/60, and the opposite FPS is 120. The layer synthesis module can determine the target FPS when modifying the signal period, where T11 is the reciprocal of the target FPS. . In this implementation, the target FPS can be 120, and the layer synthesis module can shorten the signal period of the VSync signal by half. In this regard, the layer synthesis module can shorten the signal period when sending the VSync signal to the application by half, T11=(1/2)*T0=1/120. In this way, the layer composition module can control the local application to draw images at a frequency of 120 frames/s. Since the application can draw one frame of image each time it receives a VSync signal, the signal period of the VSync signal (also called the image drawing period) is shortened by half, which can double the image drawing amount of the application and increase the image drawing amount. In the same way, when the layer synthesis module synthesizes images, it also synthesizes at a frequency of 120 frames/s.
基于策略2的实施方式2,本端FPS为60,那么T0=1/60,对端FPS为120,图层合成模块在修改信号周期时,可确定目标FPS,其中,T11为目标FPS的倒数。在本实施方式中,目标FPS可为高于本端FPS以及对端FPS的数值,例如目标FPS为180。T11=1/180,T11为T0的三分之一。这样图层合成模块可控制本端的应用程序以180帧/s的频率进行绘帧渲染图像。由于应用每次接收到一个VSync信号,才可以绘制一帧图像,那么VSync信号的信号周期缩短一半,可使应用程序的图像绘制量翻倍,提高了图像绘制量。同理,图层合成模块在合成图像时,也是按照180帧/s的频率进行合成。Based on Implementation Mode 2 of Strategy 2, the local FPS is 60, then T0=1/60, and the opposite FPS is 120. The layer synthesis module can determine the target FPS when modifying the signal period, where T11 is the reciprocal of the target FPS. . In this embodiment, the target FPS may be a value higher than the local FPS and the opposite end FPS, for example, the target FPS is 180. T11=1/180, T11 is one third of T0. In this way, the layer composition module can control the local application to draw frames and render images at a frequency of 180 frames/s. Since the application can draw one frame of image each time it receives a VSync signal, shortening the signal period of the VSync signal by half can double the image drawing volume of the application and increase the image drawing volume. In the same way, when the layer synthesis module synthesizes images, it also synthesizes at a frequency of 180 frames/s.
需要说明的是,如上文所述,显示屏的FPS可具有多个档位,例如手机的FPS包括10、20、40、60的4个取值的FPS档位,本实施例以手机当前FPS处于最大档位(例如60)为例,来说明对信号周期的修改策略。但是,当手机的当前FPS为其他FPS档位时,则图层合成模块从显示屏接收到的信号周期T0也发生变化,例如手机的当前FPS为40,则信号周期T0=1/40,则基于上述策略1,图层合成模块在确定第一周期T11时,则T11=(1/3)*T0,图层合成模块可将手机当前的信号周期缩短为原信号周期T0的1/3,以使T11=1/120。其他策略同理,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that, as mentioned above, the FPS of the display screen can have multiple gears. For example, the FPS of the mobile phone includes four FPS gears of 10, 20, 40, and 60. In this embodiment, the current FPS of the mobile phone is used. Taking the maximum gear (such as 60) as an example to illustrate the modification strategy of the signal period. However, when the current FPS of the mobile phone is at another FPS level, the signal period T0 received by the layer synthesis module from the display screen also changes. For example, the current FPS of the mobile phone is 40, then the signal period T0 = 1/40, then Based on the above strategy 1, when the layer synthesis module determines the first period T11, then T11=(1/3)*T0. The layer synthesis module can shorten the current signal period of the mobile phone to 1/3 of the original signal period T0. So that T11=1/120. The same applies to other strategies and will not be repeated here.
示例性的,在S101之后,图层合成模块可执行S102和S103,本申请对于S102和S103的执行顺序不做限制。此外,本申请对于S102、S103与S104之间的执行顺序也不做限制,S104为按照T11周期性执行。示例性的,S107在S102之后执行,S108在S103之后执行。For example, after S101, the layer synthesis module may execute S102 and S103. This application does not limit the execution order of S102 and S103. In addition, this application does not limit the execution order between S102, S103 and S104. S104 is executed periodically according to T11. For example, S107 is executed after S102, and S108 is executed after S103.
S102,图层合成模块可基于本端的当前屏幕刷新率和第一周期T11,确定对本端送显的第二周期T12。S102, the layer synthesis module can determine the second period T12 to be displayed to the local terminal based on the current screen refresh rate of the local terminal and the first period T11.
S107,图层合成模块按照第二周期T12发送VSync信号至显示屏对象1。 S107, the layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to the display screen object 1 according to the second period T12.
那么显示屏对象1可在每次接收到VSync信号时,读取图层合成模块合成的一帧待上屏图像,显示屏对象1可以将该帧图像发送至显示驱动,显示驱动可将该帧图像发送至手机的显示屏(例如LCD)进行上屏显示。Then the display screen object 1 can read a frame of the image to be displayed on the screen synthesized by the layer synthesis module each time it receives the VSync signal. The display screen object 1 can send the frame image to the display driver, and the display driver can The image is sent to the mobile phone's display (such as LCD) for on-screen display.
S103,图层合成模块基于对端的当前屏幕刷新率和第一周期T11,确定对对端送显的第三周期T13。S103. The layer synthesis module determines the third period T13 for displaying to the opposite end based on the current screen refresh rate of the opposite end and the first period T11.
S108,图层合成模块按照第三周期T13发送VSync信号至显示屏对象2。S108, the layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to the display screen object 2 according to the third period T13.
那么显示屏对象2可在每次接收到VSync信号时,读取图层合成模块合成的一帧待上屏图像,并将该帧图像发送至应用程序框架层的编解码器,以对该帧图像进行编码,得到码流。本端可将该码流发送至对端,以使本端按照第一周期T11绘制的多帧图像中的部分或全部图像,可在对端显示屏上以第三周期T13进行刷新显示。Then the display screen object 2 can read a frame of the image to be displayed on the screen synthesized by the layer synthesis module every time it receives the VSync signal, and send the frame image to the codec of the application framework layer to process the frame. The image is encoded to obtain the code stream. The local end can send the code stream to the opposite end, so that part or all of the multi-frame images drawn by the local end according to the first period T11 can be refreshed and displayed on the opposite end's display screen in the third period T13.
在一些实施例中,第二周期T12大于第三周期T13。In some embodiments, the second period T12 is greater than the third period T13.
本端可按照第二周期T12将对应的部分所述第一图像送显到显示屏对象1,以显示至本端屏幕;本端还可按照第三周期T13来将对应的部分或全部所述第一图像,送显至显示屏对象2,以将本端按照第一周期T11绘制的部分或全部第一图像发送至对端,以将该部分或全部第一图像在对端显示屏进行显示。The local terminal can send the corresponding part of the first image to the display screen object 1 according to the second period T12 for display on the local terminal screen; the local terminal can also send the corresponding part or all of the first image according to the third period T13. The first image is sent to display screen object 2, so as to send part or all of the first image drawn by the local end according to the first period T11 to the opposite end, so as to display part or all of the first image on the opposite end's display screen. .
在一些实施例中,第二周期T12大于第三周期T13,第三周期T13可以等于第一周期T11,那么在一个示例性的时间段内,本端可将按照第一周期T11绘制的多帧图像中的全部图像,送显至与对端对应的显示屏对象2,以及端可将按照第一周期T11绘制的多帧图像中的部分图像,送显至与本端对应的显示屏对象1。In some embodiments, the second period T12 is greater than the third period T13, and the third period T13 may be equal to the first period T11. Then within an exemplary period of time, the local terminal may draw multiple frames according to the first period T11. All the images in the image are sent to the display screen object 2 corresponding to the opposite end, and the end can send part of the multi-frame images drawn according to the first cycle T11 to the display screen object 1 corresponding to the local end. .
在一些实施例中,第一周期T11可以大于第三周期T13,第一周期T11可以大于第二周期T12,那么在一个示例性的时间段内,本端可将按照第一周期T11绘制的多帧图像,按照第二周期T12,将该多帧图像中的部分图像送显至与本端对应的显示屏对象1,以及按照第三周期T13,将该多帧图像中的部分图像送显至与对端对应的显示屏对象2,其中,本端送显至显示屏对象1的图像,与送显至显示屏对象2的图像之间可存在相同的图像。In some embodiments, the first period T11 may be greater than the third period T13, and the first period T11 may be greater than the second period T12. Then within an exemplary time period, the local terminal may draw multiple times according to the first period T11. frame image, according to the second period T12, part of the image in the multi-frame image is sent to the display screen object 1 corresponding to the local end, and according to the third period T13, part of the image in the multi-frame image is sent to the The display screen object 2 corresponding to the opposite end, wherein the image sent to the display screen object 1 by this end and the image sent to the display screen object 2 may have the same image.
示例性的,对于S102、S103、S107以及S108,可分别结合上述实施方式1和实施方式2来理解:For example, S102, S103, S107 and S108 can be understood in conjunction with the above-mentioned Embodiment 1 and 2 respectively:
在实施方式1中,图5e为示例性的示出的应用绘制的图像和送显至不同显示屏对象的图像的示意图。In Embodiment 1, FIG. 5e is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary image drawn by an application and an image sent to different display screen objects.
在实施方式1中,目标FPS为120,例如华为视频应用按照120帧/s的频率进行图像绘制,并且图层合成模块按照120帧/s的频率进行图像合成,从而得到待上屏显示的图像,这里示出的P1帧至Pi帧,其中,Pi帧表示图层合成模块生成的第i帧的待上屏(或者说待送显)的图像,i为正整数。In Embodiment 1, the target FPS is 120. For example, the Huawei video application draws images at a frequency of 120 frames/s, and the layer synthesis module performs image synthesis at a frequency of 120 frames/s, thereby obtaining the image to be displayed on the screen. , the P1 frame to the Pi frame shown here, where the Pi frame represents the image to be displayed on the screen (or to be sent for display) of the i-th frame generated by the layer synthesis module, and i is a positive integer.
本实施方式1中,本端的FPS为60,对端的FPS为120,本端绘制图像的FPS为120,本端的VSync信号的信号周期T11为1/120,那么对本端送显的第二周期T12可为2个T11,图层合成模块可每两个VSync信号的信号周期(例如1/240)发送一个VSync信号到主屏对应的显示屏对象1,以通知显示屏对象1从缓冲区B读取一帧待上屏图像。示例性的,如图5e所示,图层合成模块送显到主屏的图像可包括P1帧、P3帧、P5帧、P7 帧等。此外,在另一些情况下,图层合成模块送显到主屏的图像可包括P2帧、P4帧、P6帧、P8帧等。In this embodiment 1, the FPS of the local end is 60, the FPS of the opposite end is 120, the FPS of the local end drawing images is 120, the signal period T11 of the VSync signal of the local end is 1/120, then the second period T12 sent to the local end is It can be 2 T11s. The layer synthesis module can send a VSync signal to the display screen object 1 corresponding to the main screen every two signal periods of the VSync signal (for example, 1/240) to notify the display screen object 1 to read from the buffer B. A frame of image to be displayed on the screen. For example, as shown in Figure 5e, the images sent to the main screen by the layer synthesis module may include P1 frame, P3 frame, P5 frame, and P7 frame. frames etc. In addition, in other cases, the images sent to the main screen by the layer synthesis module may include P2 frames, P4 frames, P6 frames, P8 frames, etc.
由于对端的FPS为120,本端绘制图像的FPS也为120,那么图层合成模块可每个VSync信号的信号周期(例如T13=T11)均发送一个VSync信号到虚拟屏对应的显示屏对象2,以通知显示屏对象2从缓冲区B读取一帧待上屏图像。示例性的,如图5e所示,图层合成模块送显到虚拟屏的图像与经过应用绘制和图层合成模块合成后的图像相同,例如P1帧至Pi帧。Since the FPS of the opposite end is 120 and the FPS of the local end drawing images is also 120, the layer synthesis module can send a VSync signal to the display screen object 2 corresponding to the virtual screen in each signal period of the VSync signal (for example, T13=T11). , to notify display screen object 2 to read a frame of image to be displayed on the screen from buffer B. For example, as shown in Figure 5e, the image sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module is the same as the image synthesized by the application drawing and layer synthesis module, such as P1 frame to Pi frame.
示例性的,显示屏对象1每从缓冲区B读取到一帧待上屏图像,就可以将该帧图像发送至显示驱动,显示驱动可将该帧图像发送至手机的显示屏(例如LCD)进行上屏显示。示例性的,如图5c,手机的显示界面301显示的图像的刷新率为60帧/s。这样,虽然应用绘帧量得到了翻倍(120帧/s),但是,图像合成模块在向手机的主屏送显时,可每两个VSync信号周期(例如每两个T11)送显一次,从而使得手机(例如本端的一个示例)的显示屏显示的图像的刷新率与本端的显示屏的FPS相同,FPS为60。For example, every time display screen object 1 reads a frame of image to be displayed on the screen from buffer B, it can send the frame image to the display driver, and the display driver can send the frame image to the display screen of the mobile phone (such as LCD). ) to display on the screen. For example, as shown in Figure 5c, the refresh rate of the image displayed on the display interface 301 of the mobile phone is 60 frames/s. In this way, although the application frame volume is doubled (120 frames/s), when the image synthesis module sends the display to the main screen of the mobile phone, it can send the display once every two VSync signal periods (for example, every two T11). As a result, the refresh rate of the image displayed on the display screen of the mobile phone (such as an example of this end) is the same as the FPS of the display screen of this end, and the FPS is 60.
示例性的,显示屏对象2每从缓冲区B读取到一帧待上屏图像,就可以将该帧图像发送至应用程序框架层的编解码器,以对该帧图像进行编码,得到码流。示例性的,如图5c和图5d所示,手机可将120帧/s的该码流,通过投屏协议发送至电视,电视可通过电视端的编解码器对码流解码,得到视频流,并将视频流在电视的屏幕上显示,使得电视的屏幕上显示的投屏内容的刷新率为120帧/s。For example, every time the display screen object 2 reads a frame of image to be displayed on the screen from buffer B, it can send the frame of image to the codec of the application framework layer to encode the frame of image to obtain the code. flow. For example, as shown in Figure 5c and Figure 5d, the mobile phone can send the code stream at 120 frames/s to the TV through the screen projection protocol. The TV can decode the code stream through the codec on the TV side to obtain the video stream. And the video stream is displayed on the TV screen, so that the refresh rate of the screencast content displayed on the TV screen is 120 frames/s.
对比于传统技术中的图4可以看到,传统技术中均以本端的当前FPS(以最大档位60为例)为基准进行应用绘帧,并对端和对端的显示屏对象以统一的信号周期T0来发送VSync信号进行送显,使得手机屏幕显示的图像的刷新率,与发送至电视的码流的刷新率相同,均为60帧/s。而在本申请实施例中,手机可基于对端的FPS,来对本端的VSync信号的信号周期进行修改,并按照修改后的信号周期来绘帧,使得绘帧量增加。在一些实施例中,手机还可基于修改后的信号周期,来对本端的主屏和对端的虚拟屏以不同的信号周期来进行送显,从而实现送显至本端的显示屏的图像的频率与该显示屏的当前FPS(这里为60)一致,以及实现送显至对端的显示屏的码流的频率与对端的显示屏的当前FPS(这里为120)一致。本端能够在多屏同显场景下,提供超出本端的最大屏幕刷新率的码流至对端,以实现媒体数据在对端的高刷新率显示。Compared with Figure 4 in traditional technology, we can see that in traditional technology, the current FPS of the local end (taking the maximum gear 60 as an example) is used as the benchmark to draw frames, and a unified signal is used for the display objects of the end and the opposite end. The VSync signal is sent for display in period T0, so that the refresh rate of the image displayed on the mobile phone screen is the same as the refresh rate of the code stream sent to the TV, which is 60 frames/s. In this embodiment of the present application, the mobile phone can modify the signal period of the VSync signal of the local terminal based on the FPS of the opposite terminal, and draw frames according to the modified signal period, so that the amount of drawn frames is increased. In some embodiments, the mobile phone can also send displays to the home screen and the peer virtual screen with different signal cycles based on the modified signal cycle, so that the frequency of images sent to the home screen is consistent with the frequency of the images. The current FPS of the display screen (here is 60) is consistent, and the frequency of the code stream sent to the opposite end display screen is consistent with the current FPS of the opposite end display screen (here is 120). In a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, the local end can provide a code stream that exceeds the maximum screen refresh rate of the local end to the opposite end to achieve high refresh rate display of media data on the opposite end.
需要说明的是,在多屏同显场景下,共享码流的本端,所共享的码流的媒体类型可包括但不限于:静态图像、视频、文档等可显示的数据等。也就是说,本端向对端投屏显示的是静态的图像,而非视频,该图像也是以码流的方式传送到对端的,同样可采用本申请图5a的方案,来实现该图像在对端的高刷新率显示。It should be noted that in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, the media type of the shared code stream at the local end of the shared code stream may include but is not limited to: static images, videos, documents and other displayable data. That is to say, what the local end projects to the opposite end is a static image, not a video, and the image is also transmitted to the opposite end in the form of a code stream. The solution in Figure 5a of this application can also be used to realize the image on the opposite end. High refresh rate display of the peer.
示例性的,对于S102、S103、S107以及S108,可结合上述实施方式2来理解:For example, S102, S103, S107 and S108 can be understood in conjunction with the above-mentioned Embodiment 2:
在实施方式2中,图5f为示例性的示出的应用绘制的图像和送显至不同显示屏对象的图像的示意图。In Embodiment 2, FIG. 5f is a schematic diagram illustrating an exemplary image drawn by an application and an image sent to different display screen objects.
在实施方式2中,目标FPS为180,例如在投屏场景下,图5b所示的华为视频应用按照180帧/s的频率进行图像绘制,并且图层合成模块按照180帧/s的频率进行图像合成,从而得到待上屏显示的图像,这里示出的P1帧至Pi帧,其中,Pi帧的定义与图5e 相同,这里不再赘述。In Embodiment 2, the target FPS is 180. For example, in a screen projection scenario, the Huawei video application shown in Figure 5b draws images at a frequency of 180 frames/s, and the layer synthesis module performs image rendering at a frequency of 180 frames/s. The image is synthesized to obtain the image to be displayed on the screen. The P1 frame to the Pi frame are shown here, where the definition of the Pi frame is the same as in Figure 5e The same, so we won’t go into details here.
基于策略2的实施方式2,本端的当前FPS为60,对端的当前FPS为120,本端绘制图像的FPS为180(高于本端的FPS和对端的FPS中的最大值,例如120),本端的VSync信号的信号周期T11=1/180=(1/3)*T0,那么对本端送显的第二周期T12可为3个T11,图层合成模块可每3个VSync信号的信号周期(T12=3*T11)发送一个VSync信号到主屏对应的显示屏对象1,以通知显示屏对象1从缓冲区B读取一帧待上屏图像。示例性的,如图5f所示,图层合成模块送显到主屏的图像可包括P1帧、P4帧、P7帧等。由于对端的FPS为120,本端绘制图像的FPS为180,图层合成模块在按照第三周期T13送显图像至虚拟屏时,可每送显两帧图像到虚拟屏后就漏一帧不送显。其中,如上文所述,图层合成模块每个T11合成一帧可送显的图像。示例性的,如图5f所示,图层合成模块送显到虚拟屏的图像包括P1帧、P2帧,P4帧、P5帧、P7帧、P8帧等。当然,图层合成模块送显到虚拟屏的图像并不限于图5f的举例,只要图层合成模块每送显两帧图像到虚拟屏后就漏一帧不送显即可。例如,图层合成模块送显到虚拟屏的图像还可以是:P1帧、P3帧,P4帧、P6帧、P7帧、P9帧等。或者,图层合成模块送显到虚拟屏的图像还可以是P2帧、P3帧,P5帧、P6帧、P8帧、P9帧等。Based on implementation mode 2 of strategy 2, the current FPS of the local end is 60, the current FPS of the opposite end is 120, and the FPS of the local end drawing images is 180 (higher than the maximum value of the local FPS and the opposite end's FPS, such as 120). The signal period of the VSync signal at the end is T11 = 1/180 = (1/3) * T0, then the second period T12 sent to the local end can be 3 T11, and the layer synthesis module can be every 3 signal periods of the VSync signal ( T12=3*T11) Send a VSync signal to display screen object 1 corresponding to the main screen to notify display screen object 1 to read a frame of image to be displayed on the screen from buffer B. For example, as shown in Figure 5f, the images sent to the main screen by the layer synthesis module may include P1 frames, P4 frames, P7 frames, etc. Since the FPS of the opposite end is 120 and the FPS of the local end drawing images is 180, when the layer synthesis module sends the display image to the virtual screen according to the third cycle T13, it will miss one frame after every two frames of the image are sent to the virtual screen. Send the show. Among them, as mentioned above, the layer synthesis module synthesizes one frame of image that can be sent for display every T11. For example, as shown in Figure 5f, the images sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module include P1 frames, P2 frames, P4 frames, P5 frames, P7 frames, P8 frames, etc. Of course, the images sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module are not limited to the example in Figure 5f, as long as the layer synthesis module misses one frame after sending two frames of images to the virtual screen. For example, the images sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module can also be: P1 frame, P3 frame, P4 frame, P6 frame, P7 frame, P9 frame, etc. Alternatively, the images sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module can also be P2 frames, P3 frames, P5 frames, P6 frames, P8 frames, P9 frames, etc.
那么经过上述实施方式2的对主屏和虚拟屏区别的送显,可使本端的显示的图像的刷新率为60,对端显示的图像的刷新率为120。关于本实施方式2与实施方式1相同之处,这里不再赘述,具体送显过程可参照实施方式1的介绍。Then, through the display of the difference between the main screen and the virtual screen in the second embodiment, the refresh rate of the image displayed on the local end can be 60, and the refresh rate of the image displayed on the opposite end can be 120. The similarities between Embodiment Mode 2 and Embodiment Mode 1 will not be repeated here. For the specific display sending process, please refer to the introduction of Embodiment Mode 1.
示例性的,对于图5a的过程,还可基于图6a至图6d所示出的实施方式3至实施方式6来理解。其中,图6a至图6d,与图5e和图5f的原理类似,相同之处不再赘述。For example, the process of Figure 5a can also be understood based on Embodiment 3 to Embodiment 6 shown in Figures 6a to 6d. Among them, the principles of Figures 6a to 6d are similar to those of Figures 5e and 5f, and the similarities will not be described again.
在图6a至图6d中,分别以不同的信号周期修改策略为例,来描述对主屏和虚拟屏区别送显的过程。本申请的可基于作为本端的负载,以及本端与对端显示的图像的画面质量两方面因素,来确定不同的信号周期修改策略。In Figures 6a to 6d, different signal cycle modification strategies are taken as examples to describe the process of different displaying of the main screen and the virtual screen. In this application, different signal period modification strategies can be determined based on two factors: the load of the local terminal and the picture quality of the images displayed by the local terminal and the opposite terminal.
在实施方式3至实施方式6中,以本端的当前FPS为60(本端的显示屏的最大FPS为60)、对端的当前FPS为90(对端的显示屏的最大FPS为90)为例进行说明,当然,在本端和对端的FPS为其他数值时,或者,在对端的数量为多个时,对于本端的最大FPS小于对端的当前FPS的场景,同样可基于实施方式3至实施方式6的原理,来实现图5a的技术方案,这里不再赘述。In Embodiment 3 to Embodiment 6, the current FPS of the local end is 60 (the maximum FPS of the display screen of the local end is 60), and the current FPS of the opposite end is 90 (the maximum FPS of the display screen of the opposite end is 90). , of course, when the FPS of the local end and the opposite end are other values, or when the number of opposite ends is multiple, for the scenario where the maximum FPS of the local end is smaller than the current FPS of the opposite end, the same method can be based on Embodiment 3 to Embodiment 6. principles to implement the technical solution in Figure 5a, which will not be described again here.
示例性的,基于最小公倍数策略1的实施方式3:Exemplary implementation 3 based on least common multiple strategy 1:
与上述实施方式1原理类似,本端可将目标FPS设置为本端FPS(60)和对端FPS(90)的最小公倍数,这里为180,那么T11为T0的1/3倍,使得手机显示屏显示的界面对应的应用,在绘制图像时,图像绘制量翻了三倍。Similar to the principle of Embodiment 1 above, the local end can set the target FPS to the least common multiple of the local end FPS (60) and the opposite end FPS (90), here it is 180, then T11 is 1/3 times of T0, so that the mobile phone displays For applications corresponding to the on-screen interface, when drawing images, the amount of image drawing triples.
如图6a所示,图层合成模块在送显至主屏时,可每3个VSync信号的信号周期,例如每3个T11发送一次VSync信号到主屏,以送显一帧图像到主屏,使得本端的主屏显示的图像的刷新率与本端的显示屏的FPS相同,均为60。示例性的,如图6a所示,送显到主屏的图像依次为P1帧、P4帧、P7帧等。或者,图层合成模块送显到主屏的图像还可依次为P2帧、P5帧、P8帧、P11帧等。图层合成模块每3个T11发送一个VSync 信号,以通知一次显示屏对象1来从缓冲区B读取一帧图像。当然,送显到主屏的图像的序列并不限于图6a的举例,只要达到图层合成模块每连续生成的3帧图像内只发送一帧图像到主屏的效果即可。As shown in Figure 6a, when the layer synthesis module sends the display to the main screen, it can send a VSync signal to the main screen every 3 signal cycles of the VSync signal, for example, every 3 T11 to send a frame of image to the main screen, so that this The refresh rate of the image displayed on the home screen of the client is the same as the FPS of the display of the client, which is 60. For example, as shown in Figure 6a, the images sent to the main screen are P1 frame, P4 frame, P7 frame, etc. in order. Alternatively, the images sent to the main screen by the layer synthesis module may be P2 frames, P5 frames, P8 frames, P11 frames, etc. in sequence. The layer composition module sends a VSync every 3 T11 Signal to notify display object 1 to read a frame of image from buffer B. Of course, the sequence of images sent to the main screen is not limited to the example in Figure 6a, as long as the effect of sending only one frame of image to the main screen for every three consecutive frames of images generated by the layer synthesis module is achieved.
如图6a所示,图层合成模块在送显至虚拟屏时,可每2个VSync信号的信号周期,例如每2个T11发送一次VSync信号到虚拟屏,以送显一帧图像到虚拟屏。对端的屏幕显示的图像的刷新率与对端的显示屏的FPS相同,均为90。示例性的,如图6a所示,送显到虚拟屏的图像依次为P1帧、P3帧、P5帧、P7帧等。或者,图层合成模块送显到虚拟屏的图像还可依次为P2帧、P4帧、P6帧、P8帧等。例如图层合成模块每2个T11发送一个VSync信号,以通知一次显示屏对象2来从缓冲区B读取一帧图像。当然,送显到虚拟屏的图像的序列并不限于图6a的举例,只要达到图层合成模块每连续生成的2帧图像内只发送一帧图像到主屏的效果即可。As shown in Figure 6a, when the layer synthesis module sends the display to the virtual screen, it can send a VSync signal to the virtual screen every two signal cycles of the VSync signal, for example, every two T11 to send one frame of image to the virtual screen. . The refresh rate of the image displayed on the opposite end's screen is the same as the FPS of the opposite end's display, which is 90. For example, as shown in Figure 6a, the images sent to the virtual screen are P1 frame, P3 frame, P5 frame, P7 frame, etc. in order. Alternatively, the images sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module may be P2 frames, P4 frames, P6 frames, P8 frames, etc. in sequence. For example, the layer synthesis module sends a VSync signal every 2 T11 to notify display screen object 2 to read a frame of image from buffer B. Of course, the sequence of images sent to the virtual screen is not limited to the example in Figure 6a, as long as the effect of sending only one frame of image to the main screen for every two consecutive frames of images generated by the layer synthesis module is achieved.
本实施方式3中,手机可对虚拟屏每2个VSync信号的信号周期送显一次,对主屏每3个VSync信号的信号周期送显一次,使得本端的主屏和对端的显示屏(对应于这里的虚拟屏)所显示的图像画面中帧与帧之间的时间间隔是均匀。示例性的,手机可以从应用刷新的180帧图像中,取到均匀的60帧图像在本端显示,以及取到均匀的90帧图像在对端显示。例如在多屏同显场景下,本端和对端显示的图像画面是一种线性运动的画面,例如掷出冰壶的画面(假设冰壶运动是匀速的),那么本实施方式3中,本端和对端所显示的画面中线性运动的图像是均匀的,本端和对端的画面显示质量最优,可达到最佳显示性能。但是对本端的图像渲染能力要求较高,使得本端的负载较高。In this embodiment 3, the mobile phone can send a display to the virtual screen once every 2 signal cycles of the VSync signal, and to the main screen once every 3 signal cycles of the VSync signal, so that the main screen of the local end and the display screen of the opposite end (corresponding to here The time interval between frames in the image displayed on the virtual screen is uniform. For example, the mobile phone can obtain an even 60-frame image from the 180-frame image refreshed by the application and display it on the local end, and obtain an even 90-frame image for display on the opposite end. For example, in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, the images displayed at the local end and the opposite end are linear motion images, such as the image of throwing a curling stone (assuming that the curling motion is uniform), then in this embodiment 3, The linear motion images in the pictures displayed at the local end and the opposite end are uniform. The display quality of the pictures at the local end and the opposite end is optimal, and the best display performance can be achieved. However, the requirements for the image rendering capability of the local end are relatively high, resulting in a high load on the local end.
示例性的,基于取本端和对端的FPS中最大FPS的策略3的实施方式4:Exemplary implementation 4 of strategy 3 based on taking the maximum FPS among the local and peer FPS:
示例性的,本端可将目标FPS设置为本端FPS(60)和对端FPS(90)中最大的FPS,这里为90,那么T11为T0的2/3倍,使得手机显示屏显示的界面对应的应用,在绘制图像时,图像绘制量增加。For example, the local end can set the target FPS to the maximum FPS of the local end FPS (60) and the opposite end FPS (90), here it is 90, then T11 is 2/3 times of T0, so that the mobile phone display screen displays For applications corresponding to the interface, when drawing images, the amount of image drawing increases.
如图6b所示,图层合成模块在送显至主屏时,可每3个VSync信号的信号周期中有一个信号周期不发送VSync信号到主屏。图层合成模块在按照第三周期T12送显图像至主屏时,可每送显两帧图像到主屏后就漏一帧不送显。其中,如上文所述,图层合成模块每个T11合成一帧可送显的图像。那么如图6b所示,图层合成模块可每发两帧图像到主屏后就漏一帧不发送,使得本端的主屏显示的图像的刷新率与本端的显示屏的FPS相同,均为60。示例性的,如图6a所示,送显到主屏的图像依次为P1帧、P2帧、P4帧、P5帧、P7帧、P8帧等。图层合成模块每3个T11中有两个T11会分别发送一个VSync信号到显示屏对象1,但剩余的一个T11不发送VSync信号到显示屏对象1,使得显示屏对象1每3个T11中有2个T11可从缓冲区B分别读取一帧图像。当然,送显到主屏的图像的序列并不限于图6a的举例,只要达到每连续的3帧内只发送2帧到主屏的效果即可。例如,图层合成模块送显到主屏的图像还可以是:P1帧、P3帧,P4帧、P6帧、P7帧、P9帧等。或者,图层合成模块送显到主屏的图像还可以是P2帧、P3帧,P5帧、P6帧、P8帧、P9帧等。As shown in Figure 6b, when the layer synthesis module sends the display to the main screen, it may not send the VSync signal to the main screen for one signal period in every three signal periods of the VSync signal. When the layer synthesis module sends the display image to the main screen according to the third period T12, it may miss one frame after sending two frames of images to the main screen. Among them, as mentioned above, the layer synthesis module synthesizes one frame of image that can be sent for display every T11. As shown in Figure 6b, the layer synthesis module can miss one frame after every two frames of images are sent to the main screen, so that the refresh rate of the image displayed on the local home screen is the same as the FPS of the local display screen, which is 60. For example, as shown in Figure 6a, the images sent to the main screen are P1 frame, P2 frame, P4 frame, P5 frame, P7 frame, P8 frame, etc. in order. In the layer composition module, two T11s out of every three T11s will send a VSync signal to the display screen object 1 respectively, but the remaining T11 will not send a VSync signal to the display screen object 1, so that the display screen object 1 will be out of control every three T11s. There are 2 T11s that can read one frame of image from buffer B respectively. Of course, the sequence of images sent to the main screen is not limited to the example in Figure 6a, as long as the effect of only sending 2 frames to the main screen in every 3 consecutive frames is achieved. For example, the images sent to the main screen by the layer synthesis module can also be: P1 frame, P3 frame, P4 frame, P6 frame, P7 frame, P9 frame, etc. Alternatively, the images sent to the main screen by the layer synthesis module can also be P2 frames, P3 frames, P5 frames, P6 frames, P8 frames, P9 frames, etc.
如图6b所示,图层合成模块在送显至虚拟屏时,可每个VSync信号的信号周期(例 如T13=T11)均发送一个VSync信号到虚拟屏对应的显示屏对象2,以通知显示屏对象2从缓冲区B读取一帧待上屏图像。示例性的,如图6b所示,图层合成模块送显到虚拟屏的图像与经过应用绘制和图层合成模块合成后的图像相同,例如P1帧至Pi帧。As shown in Figure 6b, when the layer synthesis module sends the display to the virtual screen, the signal period of each VSync signal (for example For example, T13=T11) all send a VSync signal to the display screen object 2 corresponding to the virtual screen to notify the display screen object 2 to read a frame of the image to be displayed on the screen from the buffer B. For example, as shown in Figure 6b, the image sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module is the same as the image synthesized by the application drawing and layer synthesis module, such as P1 frame to Pi frame.
本实施方式4中,手机可对虚拟屏每个VSync信号的信号周期均送显一次,使得对端的屏幕所显示的图像画面中帧与帧之间的时间间隔是均匀,对端的图像质量最优。手机对主屏每3个VSync信号的信号周期中就隔一个信号周期向主屏送显,使得本端的主屏所显示的图像画面中帧与帧之间的时间间隔不均匀,存在长短帧的情况。例如在多屏同显场景下,本端和对端显示的图像画面是一种线性运动的画面,例如掷出冰壶的画面(假设冰壶运动是匀速的),那么本实施方式4中,对端所显示的画面中线性运动的图像是均匀的,画面显示质量最优,可达到最佳显示性能。但是本端所显示的画面中线性运动的图像是不均匀的(例如图像显示效果为冰壶依次前进5米、5米、10米、5米、5米、10米)。虽然,本实施方式4,相比于实施方式3,本端显示的画面中,帧与帧之间存在损失,显示效果稍差,但是,相比于实施方式3,本实施方式4对本端的图像渲染能力相对要求较低,可在一定程度上降低对本端的负载要求。In this embodiment 4, the mobile phone can send and display each VSync signal cycle to the virtual screen once, so that the time interval between frames in the image displayed on the opposite end's screen is uniform, and the opposite end's image quality is optimal. . The mobile phone sends the display to the main screen every three signal periods of the VSync signal to the main screen, causing the time interval between frames in the image displayed on the local main screen to be uneven, with long and short frames. For example, in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, the images displayed at the local end and the opposite end are linear motion images, such as the image of throwing a curling stone (assuming that the curling motion is uniform), then in this embodiment 4, The linear motion image in the picture displayed by the opposite end is uniform, the picture display quality is optimal, and the best display performance can be achieved. However, the linear motion image in the picture displayed on this end is uneven (for example, the image display effect is that the curling stone advances 5 meters, 5 meters, 10 meters, 5 meters, 5 meters, and 10 meters in sequence). Although in this Embodiment 4, compared with Embodiment 3, there is loss between frames in the picture displayed by the local end, and the display effect is slightly worse, compared with Embodiment 3, this Embodiment 4 has better effects on the image displayed by the local end. The rendering capability requirements are relatively low, which can reduce the load requirements on the local end to a certain extent.
示例性的,基于高于最大FPS的策略2的实施方式5:Exemplary, implementation 5 of strategy 2 based on higher than maximum FPS:
与上述实施方式2原理类似,本端可将目标FPS设置比本端FPS(60)和对端FPS(90)中最大的FPS(这里为90)更高的数值,这里为120,那么T11为T0的1/2倍,使得手机显示屏显示的界面对应的应用,在绘制图像时,图像绘制量翻倍。Similar to the principle of Embodiment 2 above, the local end can set the target FPS to a higher value than the maximum FPS (here 90) between the local end FPS (60) and the opposite end FPS (90), here it is 120, then T11 is 1/2 times of T0 makes the application corresponding to the interface displayed on the mobile phone display double the amount of image drawing when drawing images.
当然,目标FPS并不限于这里举例的120,可以是高于90的任意数值,具体数值可结合对本端的负载要求,和对本端和对端的显示画面的显示性能等因素而综合确定该目标FPS的数值。Of course, the target FPS is not limited to the 120 in the example here. It can be any value higher than 90. The specific value can be comprehensively determined based on factors such as the load requirements of the local end and the display performance of the local and opposite end displays. numerical value.
如图6c所示,图层合成模块在送显至主屏时,可每2个VSync信号的信号周期,例如每2个T11发送一次VSync信号到主屏,以送显一帧图像到主屏,使得本端的主屏显示的图像的刷新率与本端的显示屏的FPS相同,均为60。示例性的,如图6c所示,送显到主屏的图像依次为P1帧、P3帧、P5帧、P7帧等。例如图层合成模块每2个T11发送一个VSync信号,以通知一次显示屏对象1来从缓冲区B读取一帧图像。当然,送显到主屏的图像的序列并不限于图6c的举例,只要达到每连续的2帧内只发送一帧到主屏的效果即可。As shown in Figure 6c, when the layer synthesis module sends the display to the main screen, it can send a VSync signal to the main screen every 2 signal cycles of the VSync signal, for example, every 2 T11 to send a frame of image to the main screen, so that this The refresh rate of the image displayed on the home screen of the client is the same as the FPS of the display of the client, which is 60. For example, as shown in Figure 6c, the images sent to the main screen are P1 frame, P3 frame, P5 frame, P7 frame, etc. in order. For example, the layer synthesis module sends a VSync signal every 2 T11 to notify display screen object 1 to read a frame of image from buffer B. Of course, the sequence of images sent to the main screen is not limited to the example in Figure 6c, as long as the effect of sending only one frame to the main screen in every two consecutive frames is achieved.
如图6c所示,图层合成模块在送显至虚拟屏时,可每4个VSync信号的信号周期中有一个信号周期不发送VSync信号到虚拟屏。图层合成模块在按照第三周期T13送显图像至虚拟屏时,可每送显三帧图像到虚拟屏后就漏一帧不送显。其中,如上文所述,图层合成模块每个T11合成一帧可送显的图像。那么如图6c所示,图层合成模块可每发3帧图像到虚拟屏后就漏一帧不发送,使得对端的显示屏显示的图像的刷新率与对端的显示屏的FPS相同,均为90。示例性的,如图6c所示,图层合成模块送显到虚拟屏的图像依次为P1帧、P2帧、P3帧、P5帧、P6帧、P7帧、P9帧等。例如图层合成模块每4个T11中有3个T11会分别发送一个VSync信号到显示屏对象2,但剩余的一个T11不发送VSync信号到显示屏对象2,使得显示屏对象2每4个T11中有3个T11可从缓冲 区B分别读取一帧图像。当然,送显到虚拟屏的图像的序列并不限于图6c的举例,只要达到每连续的4帧内只发送3帧到虚拟屏的效果即可。例如,图层合成模块送显到虚拟屏的图像还可以是:P2帧、P3帧、P4帧、P6帧、P7帧、P8帧、P10帧、P11帧、P12帧等。As shown in Figure 6c, when the layer synthesis module sends the display to the virtual screen, it may not send the VSync signal to the virtual screen in one of every four signal cycles of the VSync signal. When the layer synthesis module sends the display image to the virtual screen according to the third period T13, it may miss one frame after sending three frames of images to the virtual screen. Among them, as mentioned above, the layer synthesis module synthesizes one frame of image that can be sent for display every T11. Then as shown in Figure 6c, the layer synthesis module can miss one frame after sending three frames of images to the virtual screen, so that the refresh rate of the image displayed on the opposite end's display screen is the same as the FPS of the opposite end's display screen, which is 90. For example, as shown in Figure 6c, the images sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module are P1 frame, P2 frame, P3 frame, P5 frame, P6 frame, P7 frame, P9 frame, etc. in order. For example, in the layer composition module, 3 of every 4 T11s will send a VSync signal to display screen object 2, but the remaining T11 will not send a VSync signal to display screen object 2, so that every 4 T11s of display screen object 2 There are 3 T11s available from the buffer Area B reads one frame of image respectively. Of course, the sequence of images sent to the virtual screen is not limited to the example in Figure 6c, as long as the effect of only sending 3 frames to the virtual screen in every 4 consecutive frames is achieved. For example, the images sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module can also be: P2 frame, P3 frame, P4 frame, P6 frame, P7 frame, P8 frame, P10 frame, P11 frame, P12 frame, etc.
本实施方式5中,手机可对主屏每两个VSync信号的信号周期均送显一次,使得本端的屏幕所显示的图像画面中帧与帧之间的时间间隔是均匀,本端的图像质量最优。本端的图层合成模块对虚拟屏每4个VSync信号的信号周期中就隔一个信号周期向虚拟屏送显,使得对端的显示屏所显示的图像画面中帧与帧之间的时间间隔不均匀,存在长短帧的情况。例如在多屏同显场景下,本端和对端显示的图像画面是一种线性运动的画面,例如掷出冰壶的画面(假设冰壶运动是匀速的),那么本实施方式5中,本端所显示的画面中线性运动的图像是均匀的,画面显示质量最优,可达到最佳显示性能。但是对端所显示的画面中线性运动的图像是不均匀的(例如图像显示效果为冰壶依次前进3米、3米、3米、6米、3米、3米、3米、6米)。虽然,本实施方式5,相比于实施方式3,本端显示的画面中,帧与帧之间存在损失,显示效果稍差。但是,本实施方式5,相比于实施方式4,帧与帧之间的时间间隔更短,长短帧情况得到缓解,显示效果更优。此外,本实施方式5相比于实施方式3,对本端的图像渲染能力相对要求较低,可在一定程度上降低对本端的负载要求。In this embodiment 5, the mobile phone can send the display to the main screen once every two VSync signal cycles, so that the time interval between frames in the image displayed on the local screen is uniform, and the local image quality is optimal. . The local layer synthesis module sends the display to the virtual screen every four signal cycles of the VSync signal to the virtual screen, causing the time interval between frames in the image displayed by the opposite end's display screen to be uneven. , there are long and short frames. For example, in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, the images displayed at the local end and the opposite end are linear motion images, such as the image of throwing a curling stone (assuming that the curling motion is uniform), then in this embodiment 5, The linear motion image in the picture displayed on this end is uniform, the picture display quality is optimal, and the best display performance can be achieved. However, the linear motion image in the picture displayed by the opposite end is uneven (for example, the image display effect is that the curling stone advances 3 meters, 3 meters, 3 meters, 6 meters, 3 meters, 3 meters, 3 meters, 6 meters in sequence) . Although, in this Embodiment 5, compared with Embodiment 3, there is loss between frames in the picture displayed at the local end, and the display effect is slightly worse. However, in Embodiment 5, compared with Embodiment 4, the time interval between frames is shorter, the problem of long and short frames is alleviated, and the display effect is better. In addition, compared with Embodiment 3, this Embodiment 5 has relatively lower requirements on the image rendering capability of the local terminal, which can reduce the load requirements on the local terminal to a certain extent.
示例性的,基于信号周期不修改的策略4的实施方式6:Exemplary implementation 6 of strategy 4 based on no modification of signal period:
示例性的,本实施方式6中,本端可将目标FPS设置为本端FPS(60)相同的数值,那么T11=T0,即VSync信号的信号周期不修改,使得手机显示屏显示的界面对应的应用,在绘制图像时,图像绘制量保持不变。其中,对端FPS为90。For example, in this embodiment 6, the local end can set the target FPS to the same value as the local FPS (60), then T11=T0, that is, the signal period of the VSync signal is not modified, so that the interface displayed on the mobile phone display screen corresponds to When drawing an image, the image drawing amount remains unchanged. Among them, the FPS of the opposite end is 90.
如图6d所示,图层合成模块在送显至主屏时,可每个VSync信号的信号周期,例如每个T11发送一次VSync信号到主屏,以送显一帧图像到主屏,使得本端的主屏显示的图像的刷新率与本端的显示屏的FPS相同,均为60。示例性的,如图6d所示,送显到主屏的图像依次为P1帧、P2帧、P3帧、P4帧、P5帧、P6帧、P7帧…Pi帧等。图层合成模块每个T11发送一个VSync信号,以通知一次显示屏对象1来从缓冲区B读取一帧图像。As shown in Figure 6d, when the layer synthesis module sends the display to the main screen, it can send a VSync signal to the main screen every signal cycle of the VSync signal, for example, every T11, so as to send a frame of image to the main screen, so that the local main screen The refresh rate of the displayed image is the same as the FPS of the local display, which is 60. For example, as shown in Figure 6d, the images sent to the main screen are P1 frame, P2 frame, P3 frame, P4 frame, P5 frame, P6 frame, P7 frame...Pi frame, etc. in order. The layer composition module sends a VSync signal every T11 to notify display screen object 1 to read a frame of image from buffer B.
如图6d所示,图层合成模块在送显至虚拟屏时,可在一个VSync信号的信号周期,发送一次VSync信号到虚拟屏以将一帧图像送显到虚拟屏一次,在下一个VSync信号的信号周期,发送2次VSync信号到虚拟屏以将下一帧图像对虚拟屏送显2次,以此循环。那么可使对端的显示屏显示的图像的刷新率与对端的显示屏的FPS相同,均为90。示例性的,对端显示的每90帧图像中每两帧相同,间隔一帧图像后,另两帧图像又相同。示例性的,如图6d所示,图层合成模块送显到虚拟屏的图像依次为P1帧、P1帧、P2帧、P3帧、P3帧、P4帧、P5帧、P5帧、P6帧等。图层合成模块在一个T11会发送一个VSync信号到显示屏对象2,下一个T11会发送2个VSync信号到显示屏对象2,再下一个T11又发送一个VSync信号到显示屏对象2,右下一个T11发送2个VSync信号到显示屏对象…。使得显示屏对象2在一个T11时可从缓冲区B读取到一帧图像,下一个T11可从 缓存区B读取到两帧相同的图像。当然,送显到虚拟屏的图像的序列并不限于图6d的举例,只要达到送显至虚拟屏的每连续的3帧中有连续的两帧是相同图像的效果即可。As shown in Figure 6d, when the layer synthesis module sends the display to the virtual screen, it can send a VSync signal to the virtual screen once in the signal cycle of the VSync signal to send a frame of image to the virtual screen once, and in the next VSync signal signal cycle, send the VSync signal to the virtual screen twice to display the next frame of image to the virtual screen twice, and the cycle continues. Then the refresh rate of the image displayed on the opposite end's display screen can be the same as the FPS of the opposite end's display screen, which is 90. For example, every two frames in every 90 frames of images displayed by the peer end are the same, and after an interval of one image frame, the other two frames of images are the same again. For example, as shown in Figure 6d, the images sent to the virtual screen by the layer synthesis module are P1 frame, P1 frame, P2 frame, P3 frame, P3 frame, P4 frame, P5 frame, P5 frame, P6 frame, etc. . The layer synthesis module will send a VSync signal to display screen object 2 in one T11, then 2 VSync signals to display screen object 2 in the next T11, and then another VSync signal to display screen object 2 in the next T11, lower right A T11 sends 2 VSync signals to the display object…. This allows display object 2 to read a frame of image from buffer B at one T11, and at the next T11 it can read an image from buffer B. Buffer B reads two frames of the same image. Of course, the sequence of images sent to the virtual screen is not limited to the example in Figure 6d, as long as the effect of two consecutive frames of the same image in every three consecutive frames sent to the virtual screen is achieved.
本实施方式6中,手机可对主屏每个VSync信号的信号周期均送显一次,使得本端的屏幕所显示的图像画面中帧与帧之间的时间间隔是均匀,本端的图像质量最优。且本端的VSync信号的信号周期没有修改,使得对本端的负载没有增加,本端负载最优。但是,本端显示的图像画面中每3帧有两帧相同的图像,相较于实施方式3,画面显示效果稍差。In this embodiment 6, the mobile phone can send and display each signal cycle of the VSync signal to the main screen once, so that the time interval between frames in the image displayed on the local screen is uniform, and the local image quality is optimal. Moreover, the signal period of the local VSync signal is not modified, so that the load on the local end is not increased, and the local load is optimal. However, there are two identical images in every three frames displayed on the local end. Compared with Embodiment 3, the screen display effect is slightly worse.
在实际应用中,本端可根据本端的负载,以及本端和对端的画面质量的要求,而灵活使用上述策略1至策略4中的任意策略,来修改VSync信号的信号周期,以及区别化的以不同周期来发送VSync信号到主屏和虚拟屏进行送显。此外,对信号周期的修改以及区别划分向主屏和虚拟屏送显的策略并不限于上述策略1至策略4,还可包括其他未示出的策略,本申请对此不做限制。In practical applications, the local end can flexibly use any of the above strategies 1 to 4 to modify the signal period of the VSync signal, as well as the differentiated VSync signals are sent to the main screen and virtual screen at different cycles for display. In addition, the modification of the signal period and the different strategies for sending displays to the main screen and the virtual screen are not limited to the above-mentioned strategies 1 to 4, and may also include other strategies not shown, which are not limited in this application.
在一些实施例中,上述策略1至策略4同样适用于本端的数量为多个,和/或对端的数量为多个的场景,只要是本端的显示屏的FPS低于对端的显示屏的FPS即可。示例性的,在对端的数量为多个时,本端的图层合成模块可区分本端的显示屏对象,以及各对端的显示屏对象,来对逻辑管理器中的不同显示屏对象按照各自的信号周期进行送显,以实现低刷新率的本端,向高刷新率的对端提供高于本端刷新率的码流。在多屏同显场景下,在对端的屏幕具有比本端的屏幕更高的显示性能时,对端屏幕的显示内容的刷新率可不受本端屏幕的性能(刷新率)的限制。In some embodiments, the above strategies 1 to 4 are also applicable to scenarios where there are multiple local terminals and/or multiple peer terminals, as long as the FPS of the local terminal's display screen is lower than the FPS of the peer terminal's display screen. That’s it. For example, when there are multiple peers, the layer synthesis module of the local peer can distinguish the display screen object of the local peer and the display screen objects of each peer, so as to process the different display screen objects in the logic manager according to their respective signals. The display is sent periodically to enable the local end with a low refresh rate to provide a code stream higher than the refresh rate of the local end to the opposite end with a high refresh rate. In a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, when the peer screen has higher display performance than the local screen, the refresh rate of the displayed content on the peer screen is not limited by the performance (refresh rate) of the local screen.
在本申请的上述各实施方式中,本端可基于对端的FPS,来对本端的VSync信号的信号周期进行修改,并按照修改后的信号周期来控制应用绘帧,使得绘帧量增加。此外,手机还可基于修改后的信号周期,来对本端的主屏和对端的虚拟屏以不同的信号周期来进行送显,从而实现送显至本端的显示屏的图像的频率与本端的该显示屏的FPS一致,以及实现送显至对端的显示屏的码流的频率与对端的显示屏的FPS一致。本端能够在多屏同显场景下,提供超出本端的屏幕刷新率的码流至对端,以实现媒体数据在对端的高刷新率显示。In the above embodiments of the present application, the local end can modify the signal period of the VSync signal of the local end based on the FPS of the opposite end, and control the application of drawing frames according to the modified signal period, so that the amount of drawing frames is increased. In addition, the mobile phone can also send the display to the local home screen and the remote virtual screen with different signal cycles based on the modified signal cycle, so that the frequency of images sent to the local display screen is consistent with the local display screen. The FPS is consistent, and the frequency of the code stream sent to the opposite display is consistent with the FPS of the opposite display. In a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, the local end can provide a code stream that exceeds the screen refresh rate of the local end to the opposite end to achieve high refresh rate display of media data on the opposite end.
在一些实施例中,可参照图5a,应用程序侧的渲染图层的过程,与图层合成模块侧的合成图像的过程都是按照统一的该VSync信号周期(这里的信号周期T11)来执行的,那么本端在按照第二周期T12,来发送VSync信号到显示屏对象1,以及按照第三周期T13来发送VSync信号到显示屏对象2时,无需检查缓冲区B中是否已经合成了相应的显示屏对象的待上屏图像,只需要按照设置的周期通知相应的显示屏对象来读取待上屏显示的图像即可,因为,在图层合成模块通知逻辑管理器中的各显示屏对象来读取各自的待上屏图像之前,各显示屏对象的待上屏图像已经按照第一周期T11而在缓冲区B中生成。In some embodiments, referring to Figure 5a, the process of rendering layers on the application side and the process of compositing images on the layer synthesis module side are both executed according to the unified VSync signal period (signal period T11 here). , then when the local end sends the VSync signal to display screen object 1 according to the second period T12, and sends the VSync signal to display screen object 2 according to the third period T13, there is no need to check whether the corresponding response has been synthesized in buffer B. For the image to be displayed on the display screen object, you only need to notify the corresponding display screen object according to the set period to read the image to be displayed on the screen, because the layer synthesis module notifies each display screen in the logic manager Before an object reads its respective image to be displayed on the screen, the image to be displayed on each display screen object has been generated in the buffer B according to the first period T11.
在一些实施例中,图层合成模块向应用程序或逻辑管理器侧发送的VSync信号可以是图层合成模块生成的VSync信号。此外,图层合成模块通知应用程序渲染图像,以及通知显示屏对象从缓冲区B中读取图像的方式,也不限于发送VSync信号的方式,还可以是其他通知方式,只要可以达到通知的效果即可。 In some embodiments, the VSync signal sent by the layer composition module to the application or logic manager side may be a VSync signal generated by the layer composition module. In addition, the layer composition module notifies the application to render the image, and notifies the display object to read the image from the buffer B. It is not limited to the method of sending the VSync signal. It can also be other notification methods, as long as the notification effect can be achieved. That’s it.
另外,如图2中关于逻辑管理器的描述,基于场景的不同,逻辑管理器中可包括三类显示屏对象,一类为标记为主屏或背面屏或第一屏或第二屏的显示屏对象,一类为标记为有线屏的显示屏对象,一类为标记为虚拟屏的显示屏对象。在图5b至图5d的投屏场景下,上述实施例以逻辑管理器中的标记为主屏的显示屏对象1,和标记为虚拟屏的显示屏对象2为例,来说明了图5a所示的本端可提供超出本端的屏幕刷新率(这里为主屏的FPS)的码流至对端,以实现媒体数据在对端的高刷新率显示的过程。In addition, as shown in the description of the logic manager in Figure 2, based on different scenarios, the logic manager can include three types of display screen objects. One type is the display screen marked as the main screen or the back screen or the first screen or the second screen. Objects, one type is the display screen object marked as wired screen, and the other type is the display screen object marked as virtual screen. In the screen projection scenarios of Figures 5b to 5d, the above embodiment takes the display screen object 1 marked as the main screen and the display screen object 2 marked as the virtual screen in the logic manager as examples to illustrate the display shown in Figure 5a. The local end can provide a code stream that exceeds the local end's screen refresh rate (here, the FPS of the main screen) to the opposite end to realize the process of high refresh rate display of media data on the opposite end.
在多屏同显的场景下,本端的显示屏类型较多,且本端和对端的数量均为至少一个,示例性的,本端和对端的数量均可为多个。因此,基于多屏同显场景下,进行媒体数据同显的电子设备的差别化。逻辑管理器可包括标记有主屏的显示屏对象,和/或,标记有背面屏的显示屏对象,和/或,标记有折叠屏中的第一屏的显示屏对象,标记有折叠屏中的第二屏的显示屏对象,和/或,至少一个标记为有线屏的显示屏对象,和/或,至少一个标记为虚拟屏的显示屏对象。并且,不论逻辑管理器包括怎样的显示屏对象,图5a的过程同样可以实现,原理类似,效果类似,这里不再赘述。In the scenario of simultaneous display of multiple screens, the local terminal has many types of display screens, and the number of the local terminal and the opposite terminal is at least one. For example, the number of the local terminal and the opposite terminal can be multiple. Therefore, based on the multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, electronic devices for simultaneous display of media data are differentiated. The logical manager may include a display screen object labeled Home Screen, and/or a display screen object labeled Back Screen, and/or a display screen object labeled First Screen in Folding Screen, and/or a display screen object labeled First Screen in Folding Screen. A display screen object of the second screen, and/or at least one display screen object marked as a wired screen, and/or at least one display screen object marked as a virtual screen. Moreover, no matter what kind of display screen objects the logic manager includes, the process in Figure 5a can also be implemented, with similar principles and similar effects, which will not be described again here.
在一些实施例中,在多屏同显场景下,本端与对端的通信连接方式可包括但不限于以下至少一种方式:登陆同一账号、连接同一Wi-Fi、蓝牙连接、NFC(近场通信,Near Field Communication)等,本申请对此不做限制。In some embodiments, in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, the communication connection method between the local end and the opposite end may include but is not limited to at least one of the following methods: logging in to the same account, connecting to the same Wi-Fi, Bluetooth connection, NFC (near field Communication, Near Field Communication), etc., this application does not impose restrictions on this.
在一种可能的实施方式中,在多屏同显场景下,当本端的显示屏的最大FPS(例如本端的当前FPS为最大FPS,例如120)高于对端的显示屏的最大FPS(例如对端的当前FPS为最大FPS,例如60)时,为了使本端可将刷新率为60帧/s的码流传输给对端上屏显示,示例性的,如上述实施例所述,本端在将一帧图像传输至对端时,需要经过图像渲染、图层合成、硬件合成、送显到显示屏对象以及编码等操作,那么本端可在上述任意操作环节延长该操作环节的周期,以达到将刷新率为60帧/s的码流传输给对端上屏显示的目的。区别于本端的显示屏的最大FPS低于对端的显示屏的FPS的场景中,在对不同显示屏对象送显时,以不同的送显周期进行送显,以达到将刷新率与对端的显示屏的FPS相同的码流传输至对端显示的方式。在本实施方式中,可在上述任意操作环节进行执行周期的延长,以达到将将刷新率与对端的显示屏的FPS相同的码流传输至对端显示的效果。示例性的,本申请对于延长周期的具体方式不做限制。In a possible implementation, in a multi-screen simultaneous display scenario, when the maximum FPS of the local display screen (for example, the local current FPS is the maximum FPS, such as 120) is higher than the maximum FPS of the opposite end's display screen (for example, the opposite end's current FPS is the maximum FPS) When the current FPS of the terminal is the maximum FPS, such as 60), in order to enable the local terminal to transmit the code stream with a refresh rate of 60 frames/s to the opposite terminal for on-screen display, for example, as described in the above embodiment, the local terminal When transmitting a frame of image to the opposite end, it needs to go through operations such as image rendering, layer synthesis, hardware synthesis, sending display objects to the display screen, and encoding. Then the local end can extend the cycle of any of the above operation links to This achieves the purpose of transmitting the code stream with a refresh rate of 60 frames/s to the opposite end for display on the screen. In a scenario where the maximum FPS of the local display is lower than the FPS of the opposite display, when sending the display to different display objects, the display should be sent with different display cycles to achieve the same refresh rate as the opposite display. The same code stream as the FPS of the screen is transmitted to the peer display. In this embodiment, the execution cycle can be extended in any of the above operation steps to achieve the effect of transmitting a code stream with the same refresh rate as the FPS of the opposite end display screen to the opposite end display. For example, this application does not limit the specific method of extending the period.
在一种可能的实施方式中,电子设备(以手机为例)中安装的不同应用程序所需要的刷新率不同。在传统技术中,图层合成模块在向任意应用发送VSync信号时,均按照从硬件采样的信号周期T0来发送VSync信号,使得不同应用在单位时间内的图像绘制量相同,均为手机的屏幕在单位时间内的刷新量。但是,各应用所需要的刷新率可能存在差异,例如游戏应用对刷新率的要求更高,而阅读应用对刷新率的要求较低,那么传统技术中采用统一的信号周期T0来控制不同应用的图像绘制和上屏刷新,那么这将造成手机功耗的浪费或性能的损失。In a possible implementation, different applications installed in the electronic device (taking a mobile phone as an example) require different refresh rates. In traditional technology, when the layer synthesis module sends a VSync signal to any application, it sends the VSync signal according to the signal period T0 sampled from the hardware, so that the image drawing amount of different applications in unit time is the same, which is the screen of the mobile phone. The amount of refresh in unit time. However, the refresh rate required by each application may be different. For example, game applications have higher refresh rate requirements, while reading applications have lower refresh rate requirements. In traditional technology, a unified signal period T0 is used to control the refresh rate of different applications. Image drawing and screen refresh will cause waste of power consumption or loss of performance of the mobile phone.
为此,本申请提供的电子设备还可基于不同应用各自所需要的刷新率,来对不同应用设置VSync信号的不同信号周期,并按照各应用对应的信号周期,来发送VSync信号 至各应用,使得各应用可按照各自所需的刷新率进行图像绘制,以实现不同应用的媒体数据在电子设备上以不同刷新率显示。To this end, the electronic device provided by this application can also set different signal periods of the VSync signal for different applications based on the refresh rates required by each application, and send the VSync signal according to the signal period corresponding to each application. to each application, so that each application can draw images according to their respective required refresh rates, so that the media data of different applications can be displayed on the electronic device at different refresh rates.
示例性的,如上文所述,手机的显示屏的FPS可具有多个档位,那么应用所需的FPS可为该显示屏支持的FPS的多个档位中的一个档位。For example, as mentioned above, the FPS of the display screen of the mobile phone may have multiple levels, and then the FPS required by the application may be one of the multiple FPS levels supported by the display screen.
示例性的,图7a为示例性示出的电子设备对应用1的图像进行显示的过程示意图。图7b为示例性示出的电子设备对应用2的图像进行显示的过程示意图。Exemplarily, FIG. 7a is a schematic diagram of a process in which an electronic device displays an image of Application 1. FIG. 7b is a schematic diagram of a process of the electronic device displaying the image of Application 2.
示例性的,结合图8所示的场景,如图7a所示,该过程包括如下步骤:For example, combined with the scenario shown in Figure 8, as shown in Figure 7a, the process includes the following steps:
S4011,图层合成模块在应用1启动时,按照应用1所需的屏幕刷新率,对本端的当前屏幕刷新率进行修改,得到应用1的信号周期T21。S4011, when application 1 is started, the layer synthesis module modifies the current screen refresh rate of the local terminal according to the screen refresh rate required by application 1, and obtains the signal period T21 of application 1.
示例性的,本端为手机,本端的显示屏的最大刷新率为180,可提供60、90、120、180等档位的刷新率,具体档位本申请不做限制。示例性的,本端的当前屏幕刷新率(FPS)为90,例如手机中的图层合成模块从手机显示屏采样的VSync信号的信号周期T0为1/90。示例性的,应用1所需的FPS为120,那么图层合成模块可将对应于应用1的目标刷新率设置为120,将对应于应用1的VSync信号的信号周期从统一的T0修改为T21,其中,T21为1/120,将对应用1的信号周期修改为原信号周期T0的3/4倍(T21=(3/4)*T0),使得应用1的图像绘制量增加。For example, this terminal is a mobile phone, and the maximum refresh rate of the display screen of this terminal is 180, which can provide refresh rates of 60, 90, 120, 180 and other gears. This application does not limit the specific gears. For example, the current screen refresh rate (FPS) of the local terminal is 90. For example, the signal period T0 of the VSync signal sampled by the layer synthesis module in the mobile phone from the mobile phone display screen is 1/90. For example, if the FPS required by Application 1 is 120, then the layer synthesis module can set the target refresh rate corresponding to Application 1 to 120, and modify the signal period of the VSync signal corresponding to Application 1 from unified T0 to T21. , where T21 is 1/120, and the signal period of application 1 is modified to 3/4 times the original signal period T0 (T21=(3/4)*T0), so that the image drawing amount of application 1 is increased.
示例性的,如图8的(1)所示,手机的显示界面600包括至少一个控件,该控件包括电量图标、网络图标、应用图标等,其中,应用图标包括视频应用1的图标601。用户点击视频应用1的图标601,手机可响应于该用户操作,启动视频应用1。示例性的,如图8的(2)所示,手机的显示界面从图8的(1)所示的显示界面600切换为图8的(2)所示的显示界面603。Exemplarily, as shown in (1) of FIG. 8 , the display interface 600 of the mobile phone includes at least one control, which includes a power icon, a network icon, an application icon, etc., where the application icon includes the icon 601 of the video application 1 . The user clicks the icon 601 of the video application 1, and the mobile phone can start the video application 1 in response to the user operation. For example, as shown in (2) of FIG. 8 , the display interface of the mobile phone is switched from the display interface 600 shown in (1) of FIG. 8 to the display interface 603 shown in (2) of FIG. 8 .
示例性的,在视频应用1启动后,图层合成模块可从视频应用1获取到视频应用1所需的FPS(这里为120),并在图层合成模块接收到手机屏幕采样的信号周期T0后,对信号周期T0进行修改,将针对视频应用1的VSync信号的信号周期从T0修改为T21(这里为1/120)。For example, after the video application 1 is started, the layer synthesis module can obtain the FPS required by the video application 1 (here 120), and receive the signal period T0 of the mobile phone screen sampling in the layer synthesis module Finally, the signal period T0 is modified, and the signal period of the VSync signal for video application 1 is modified from T0 to T21 (here 1/120).
S4012,图层合成模块按照应用1对应的信号周期T21发送VSync信号至应用1。S4012: The layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to Application 1 according to the signal period T21 corresponding to Application 1.
S4013,应用1按照信号周期T21渲染图像。S4013, Application 1 renders the image according to the signal period T21.
S4014,图层合成模块按照信号周期T21合成图像。S4014, the layer synthesis module synthesizes the image according to the signal period T21.
S4015,图层合成模块按照信号周期T21发送VSync信号至显示屏对象1。S4015, the layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to the display screen object 1 according to the signal period T21.
对于S4013至S4015的具体实现过程,可参照图3a描述,这里不再赘述。The specific implementation process of S4013 to S4015 can be described with reference to Figure 3a and will not be described again here.
其中,显示屏对象1为手机主屏的显示屏对象。显示屏对象1每接收到一个VSync信号,可从缓冲区B中的相应队列中读取该手机的显示屏的一帧待上屏图像,并将读取到的一帧待上屏图像发送至显示驱动,显示驱动可将该帧待上屏图像发送至手机的显示屏(例如LCD)进行上屏显示。示例性的,如图8的(2)所示,手机的显示界面603包括视频应用1的视频画面604,该视频画面的刷新率为120帧/s。这样,视频应用1在作为显示屏上显示的应用时,视频应用1的图像绘制量可得到提升,而不受手机的显示屏的硬件采样的VSync信号的信号周期的限制(手机屏幕的当前FSP限制),从而提升手机对视频应用1的视频画面的显示性能。 Among them, display screen object 1 is the display screen object of the mobile phone's home screen. Each time display object 1 receives a VSync signal, it can read a frame of the screen image of the mobile phone to be displayed from the corresponding queue in buffer B, and send the read frame of the image to be displayed to The display driver can send the frame of the image to be displayed on the screen to the display screen (such as LCD) of the mobile phone for display on the screen. For example, as shown in (2) of FIG. 8 , the display interface 603 of the mobile phone includes the video picture 604 of the video application 1, and the refresh rate of the video picture is 120 frames/s. In this way, when the video application 1 is used as an application displayed on the display screen, the image drawing amount of the video application 1 can be improved without being limited by the signal period of the VSync signal sampled by the hardware of the mobile phone display screen (the current FSP of the mobile phone screen limit), thereby improving the display performance of the video screen of the video application 1 on the mobile phone.
接图7a,电子设备还可执行图7b的过程,如图7b所示,该过程可包括如下步骤:Continuing from Figure 7a, the electronic device can also perform the process of Figure 7b. As shown in Figure 7b, the process can include the following steps:
S4021,图层合成模块在应用2启动时,按照应用2所需的屏幕刷新率,对本端的当前屏幕刷新率进行修改,得到应用2的信号周期T22。S4021, when application 2 starts, the layer synthesis module modifies the current screen refresh rate of the local terminal according to the screen refresh rate required by application 2, and obtains the signal period T22 of application 2.
示例性的,这里的应用2为视频应用2,如图8的(2)所示,用户从显示界面603的底部沿箭头向上滑动,手机可响应于该用户操作,将视频应用1从前台运行状态切换为后台运行状态,并显示图8的(3)所示的显示界面600。用户点击图8的(3)中显示界面600中的视频应用2的图标602,手机可响应于该用户操作,启动视频应用2。For example, the application 2 here is the video application 2. As shown in (2) of Figure 8, the user slides upward along the arrow from the bottom of the display interface 603. The mobile phone can respond to the user operation and run the video application 1 from the foreground. The state switches to the background running state, and the display interface 600 shown in (3) of Figure 8 is displayed. The user clicks the icon 602 of the video application 2 in the display interface 600 in (3) of Figure 8, and the mobile phone can start the video application 2 in response to the user operation.
示例性的,在视频应用2启动后,图层合成模块可从视频应用2获取到视频应用2所需的FPS(这里为60),并在图层合成模块接收到手机屏幕采样的信号周期T0后,图层合成模块对信号周期T0进行修改,将针对视频应用2的VSync信号的信号周期从T0(这里为1/90)修改为T22(这里为1/60),将对视频应用2的信号周期修改为原信号周期T0的3/2倍(T22=(3/2)*T0),使得视频应用2的图像绘制量减少。For example, after the video application 2 is started, the layer synthesis module can obtain the FPS required by the video application 2 (here 60), and the layer synthesis module receives the signal period T0 of the mobile phone screen sampling Finally, the layer synthesis module modifies the signal period T0, changes the signal period of the VSync signal for video application 2 from T0 (here 1/90) to T22 (here 1/60), and applies 2 to video The signal period is modified to 3/2 times the original signal period T0 (T22=(3/2)*T0), so that the image drawing amount of video application 2 is reduced.
S4022,图层合成模块按照应用2对应的信号周期T22发送VSync信号至应用2。S4022: The layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to application 2 according to the signal period T22 corresponding to application 2.
S4023,应用2按照信号周期T22渲染图像。S4023, Application 2 renders the image according to the signal period T22.
S4024,图层合成模块按照信号周期T22合成图像。S4024, the layer synthesis module synthesizes the image according to the signal period T22.
S4025,图层合成模块按照信号周期T22发送VSync信号至显示屏对象1。S4025, the layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to the display screen object 1 according to the signal period T22.
对于S4023至S4025的具体实现过程,可参照图3a描述,这里不再赘述。The specific implementation process of S4023 to S4025 can be described with reference to Figure 3a and will not be described again here.
其中,显示屏对象1为手机主屏的显示屏对象。显示屏对象1每接收到一个VSync信号0,可从缓冲区B中的相应队列中读取该手机的显示屏的一帧待上屏图像,并将读取到的一帧待上屏图像发送至显示驱动,显示驱动可将该帧待上屏图像发送至手机的显示屏(例如LCD)进行上屏显示。示例性的,如图8的(3)和图8的(4)所示,在用户点击图标602之后,手机可响应于该用户操作,将手机的显示界面从图8的(3)所示的显示界面600切换为图8的(4)所示的显示界面605。显示界面605包括视频应用2播放的视频画面606,该视频画面的刷新率为60帧/s。这样,视频应用2在作为显示屏上显示的应用时,视频应用2的图像绘制量可得到减少,而无需按照手机的显示屏的硬件的VSync信号的信号周期T0进行图像绘制和送显,可降低手机的功耗,并降低对手机在图像绘制时的性能损失。Among them, display screen object 1 is the display screen object of the mobile phone's home screen. Each time display screen object 1 receives a VSync signal 0, it can read a frame of the mobile phone's display screen image to be displayed on the screen from the corresponding queue in buffer B, and send the read frame of the image to be displayed on the screen. To the display driver, the display driver can send the frame of the image to be displayed on the screen to the display screen (such as LCD) of the mobile phone for display on the screen. For example, as shown in (3) and (4) of Figure 8, after the user clicks the icon 602, the mobile phone can respond to the user operation by changing the display interface of the mobile phone from the display interface shown in (3) of Figure 8. The display interface 600 is switched to the display interface 605 shown in (4) of FIG. 8 . The display interface 605 includes a video picture 606 played by the video application 2, and the refresh rate of the video picture is 60 frames/s. In this way, when the video application 2 is used as an application displayed on the display screen, the amount of image drawing of the video application 2 can be reduced, without the need to draw and display images according to the signal period T0 of the VSync signal of the hardware of the display screen of the mobile phone. Reduce the power consumption of mobile phones and reduce the performance loss of mobile phones when drawing images.
图7c为示例性示出的一种分窗场景下的电子设备对不同应用的图像显示过程的示意图,其中,图7c中与图7a和图7b相同的步骤的实现过程类似,这里不再一一赘述。FIG. 7c is a schematic diagram illustrating an image display process for different applications by an electronic device in a split-window scenario. The implementation process of the same steps in FIG. 7c as in FIG. 7a and FIG. 7b is similar and will not be repeated here. Let’s not go into details.
示例性的,该分窗场景表示同一电子设备的同一显示屏可同时显示多个应用的应用界面,不同应用的应用界面在不同窗口中显示。For example, this split-window scenario means that the same display screen of the same electronic device can display the application interfaces of multiple applications at the same time, and the application interfaces of different applications are displayed in different windows.
示例性的,该分窗场景可包括但不限于以下至少一种:分屏场景、悬浮窗场景、画中画场景等。Exemplarily, the split-window scene may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: split-screen scene, floating window scene, picture-in-picture scene, etc.
如图7c所示,该过程可包括如下步骤:As shown in Figure 7c, the process may include the following steps:
S401,图层合成模块按照分窗应用各自所需的屏幕刷新率,分别对本端的当前屏幕刷新率进行修改,得到分窗应用各自的信号周期T21和T22。S401: The layer synthesis module modifies the current screen refresh rate of the local terminal according to the screen refresh rate required by each window application, and obtains the respective signal periods T21 and T22 of the window application.
示例性的,这里的分窗应用包括应用1和应用2,图层合成模块在对各分窗应用对应的VSync信号的信号周期进行修改时,可在该分窗应用启动后,在图层合成模块接收到 硬件采样的信号周期T0时,将该分窗应用的VSync信号的信号周期从T0修改为T21、T22。对于确定T21和T22的方式,可参照图7a和图7b实施例,这里不再赘述。For example, the window application here includes application 1 and application 2. When the layer synthesis module modifies the signal period of the VSync signal corresponding to each window application, the layer synthesis module can be used after the window application is started. Module receives When the signal period of hardware sampling is T0, the signal period of the VSync signal applied by the window is modified from T0 to T21 and T22. For the method of determining T21 and T22, reference may be made to the embodiment of FIG. 7a and FIG. 7b, which will not be described again here.
S4012,图层合成模块按照应用1对应的信号周期T21发送VSync信号至应用1。S4012: The layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to Application 1 according to the signal period T21 corresponding to Application 1.
S4013,应用1按照信号周期T21渲染图像。S4013, Application 1 renders the image according to the signal period T21.
S4014,图层合成模块按照信号周期T21合成应用1的图像。S4014: The layer synthesis module synthesizes the image of application 1 according to the signal period T21.
S4022,图层合成模块按照应用2对应的信号周期T22发送VSync信号至应用2。S4022: The layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to application 2 according to the signal period T22 corresponding to application 2.
S4023,应用2按照信号周期T22渲染图像。S4023, Application 2 renders the image according to the signal period T22.
S4024,图层合成模块按照信号周期T22合成应用2的图像。S4024: The layer synthesis module synthesizes the image of application 2 according to the signal period T22.
S402,图层合成模块按照分窗应用各自的信号周期,确定送显周期T23。S402: The layer synthesis module applies respective signal periods according to the windowing, and determines the display period T23.
示例性的,虽然不同分窗应用各自的图像刷新率不同,但是,在对不同分窗应用的待上屏图像进行送显时,需要按照统一的信号周期(例如这里的送显周期T23)来送显到同一个显示屏对象,从而确保手机显示屏显示不同分窗应用的视频画面时不会出现卡顿的问题。For example, although different window applications have different image refresh rates, when the images to be displayed on the screen of different window applications need to be displayed according to a unified signal cycle (for example, the display cycle T23 here) Send the display to the same display object to ensure that there will be no lagging problem when the mobile phone display displays the video images of different window applications.
示例性的,S402可在接收到用户的分窗操作之后执行。For example, S402 may be executed after receiving the user's windowing operation.
在一些实施例中,如果手机没有接收到用户的分窗操作,则图层合成模块继续按照图7a、图7b实施例中的S4015、S4025的方式,来对手机的显示屏当前显示的应用所生成的图像,按照该应用对应的信号周期进行图像送显。而无需按照这里对至少两个分窗应用所设置的统一的送显周期T23,对各分窗应用生成的图像进行送显。In some embodiments, if the mobile phone does not receive the user's window splitting operation, the layer synthesis module continues to process the application currently displayed on the display screen of the mobile phone in the manner of S4015 and S4025 in the embodiments of Figure 7a and Figure 7b. The generated image is sent for display according to the signal period corresponding to the application. It is not necessary to display the images generated by each window application according to the unified display period T23 set here for at least two window applications.
S409,图层合成模块按照送显周期T23发送VSync信号到显示屏对象1。S409: The layer synthesis module sends the VSync signal to the display screen object 1 according to the display sending period T23.
下面结合不同的分窗场景,来对图7c所示的过程进行阐述:The process shown in Figure 7c is explained below based on different windowing scenarios:
1、分屏场景:1. Split screen scene:
示例性的,本场景中,应用1为视频应用1,应用2为视频应用2,本端为手机,手机显示屏的最大FPS为180,手机的当前FPS为90(T0=1/90),视频应用1所需的FPS为120,视频应用2所需的FPS为60。那么图层合成模块分别按照视频应用1和视频应用2各自所需的FPS,来对从硬件采样的信号周期T0分别进行修改,可得到T21为1/120,T22为1/60。For example, in this scenario, application 1 is video application 1, application 2 is video application 2, the local terminal is a mobile phone, the maximum FPS of the mobile phone display is 180, and the current FPS of the mobile phone is 90 (T0=1/90), The required FPS for video application 1 is 120 and the required FPS for video application 2 is 60. Then the layer synthesis module respectively modifies the signal period T0 sampled from the hardware according to the FPS required by video application 1 and video application 2. It can be obtained that T21 is 1/120 and T22 is 1/60.
示例性的,结合图9,如图9的(1)所示,用户点击显示界面600中的视频应用1的图标601,以启动视频应用1,如图9的(2)所示,手机的显示界面从图9的(1)所示的显示界面600切换为显示界面603,显示界面603以视频应用1所需的FPS,来显示视频应用1播放的视频画面,示例性的,显示界面603内的视频画面604以120帧/s的频率刷新显示。Exemplarily, with reference to Figure 9, as shown in (1) of Figure 9, the user clicks the icon 601 of the video application 1 in the display interface 600 to start the video application 1, as shown in (2) of the mobile phone. The display interface switches from the display interface 600 shown in (1) of Figure 9 to the display interface 603. The display interface 603 displays the video screen played by the video application 1 at the FPS required by the video application 1. For example, the display interface 603 The video picture 604 inside is refreshed and displayed at a frequency of 120 frames/s.
参照图9的(2),用户从右侧边缘(也可以是左侧边缘)向显示窗口中心滑动并停留。如图9的(3)所示,手机可响应于该用户操作,在视频应用1的应用界面(例如显示界面603)的右边缘(也可以是左边缘)显示侧边栏607。参照图9的(3),侧边栏中包括一个或多个控件,例如包括电子邮件应用的图标、备忘录应用的图标、图库应用的图标、文件管理应用的图标、视频应用2的图标6071等,侧边栏还可以包括添加选项,该选项用于将指定的应用的图标添加至侧边栏。需要说明的是,图9的(3)中的各应用的名称、数量及位置仅为示意性举例,本申请不做限定。在图9的(3)中,视频应用1的视频画面在 手机的显示屏上仍旧以120帧/s的频率刷新。Referring to (2) of FIG. 9 , the user slides from the right edge (or the left edge) to the center of the display window and stays there. As shown in (3) of FIG. 9 , the mobile phone may display the sidebar 607 on the right edge (or the left edge) of the application interface (for example, the display interface 603 ) of the video application 1 in response to the user operation. Referring to (3) of Figure 9 , the sidebar includes one or more controls, such as an email application icon, a memo application icon, a gallery application icon, a file management application icon, a video application 2 icon 6071, etc. , the sidebar can also include an add option, which is used to add the icon of the specified application to the sidebar. It should be noted that the name, quantity and position of each application in (3) of Figure 9 are only illustrative examples, and are not limited in this application. In (3) of Figure 9, the video screen of video application 1 is in The mobile phone’s display still refreshes at a frequency of 120 frames/s.
继续参照图9的(3),示例性的,用户可拖动侧边栏中的视频应用2的图标6071至手机显示窗口的下半部区域并松开,例如沿虚线箭头方向拖动图标6071,其中,该用户操作是一种分屏操作。如图9的(4)所示,手机可响应于该分屏操作,将手机的显示窗口分屏,包括显示窗口608和显示窗口609,如图9的(4)所示,示例性的,手机的显示窗口608用于显示视频应用1的应用界面,显示窗口609用于显示视频应用2的应用界面。Continuing to refer to (3) of Figure 9 , for example, the user can drag the icon 6071 of the video application 2 in the sidebar to the lower half area of the mobile phone display window and release it, for example, drag the icon 6071 in the direction of the dotted arrow. , where the user operation is a split-screen operation. As shown in (4) of Figure 9, the mobile phone can respond to the split-screen operation by splitting the display window of the mobile phone into two screens, including a display window 608 and a display window 609. As shown in (4) of Figure 9, for example, The display window 608 of the mobile phone is used to display the application interface of video application 1, and the display window 609 is used to display the application interface of video application 2.
示例性的,手机还可响应于该分屏操作,执行上述S402,以确定对视频应用1和视频应用2各自的待上屏图像,在送显至标记为主屏的显示屏对象1时的信号周期(T23)。如上文所述,视频应用1的图像绘制频率为120帧/s,绘制图像的信号周期T21为1/120,视频应用2的图像绘制频率为60帧/s,绘制图像的信号周期T22为1/60。Exemplarily, in response to the split-screen operation, the mobile phone may also perform the above-mentioned S402 to determine the respective images to be displayed on the video application 1 and the video application 2, and send a signal when displayed to the display screen object 1 marked as the main screen. period (T23). As mentioned above, the image drawing frequency of video application 1 is 120 frames/s, the signal period T21 of drawing images is 1/120, the image drawing frequency of video application 2 is 60 frames/s, and the signal period T22 of drawing images is 1 /60.
示例性的,图层合成模块可基于T21和T22来确定T23,关于确定T23的策略本申请不做限制,只要分窗应用所生成的图像都按照统一的信号周期T23送显即可。For example, the layer synthesis module can determine T23 based on T21 and T22. This application does not limit the strategy for determining T23, as long as the images generated by the windowing application are all sent for display according to the unified signal period T23.
在一些实施例中,图层合成模块在确定送显周期T23时,可以手机中的焦点窗口对应的信号周期作为送显周期T23。In some embodiments, when determining the display sending period T23, the layer synthesis module can use the signal period corresponding to the focus window in the mobile phone as the display sending period T23.
示例性的,如图9的(4)所示,用户手指点击的显示窗口609为显示窗口608和像是窗口609中的焦点窗口。For example, as shown in (4) of FIG. 9 , the display window 609 clicked by the user's finger is the display window 608 and the focus window in the image window 609 .
如图9的(4)所示,焦点窗口(这里为显示窗口609)为视频应用2的视频画面的显示窗口,那么显示窗口609对应的信号周期为视频应用2对应的信号周期(T22,这里为1/60)。As shown in (4) of Figure 9, the focus window (here is the display window 609) is the display window of the video picture of the video application 2, then the signal period corresponding to the display window 609 is the signal period corresponding to the video application 2 (T22, here is 1/60).
示例性的,T23=T22,那么图层合成模块可每秒发送60个VSync信号到显示屏对象1,显示屏对象1每接收到一个VSync信号,就从缓冲区B中获取对视频应用1合成的待上屏图像1,待上屏图像1为缓冲区B中用于显示在窗口1(图9的(4)中的显示窗口608)的一帧图像,以及从缓冲区B中获取对视频应用2合成的待上屏图像2,待上屏图像2为缓冲区B中用于显示在窗口2(图9的(4)中的显示窗口609)的一帧图像。如图9的(4)所示,显示窗口608内的视频应用1的视频图像以60帧/s的频率刷新,显示窗口609内的视频应用2的视频图像以60帧/s的频率刷新。For example, T23=T22, then the layer synthesis module can send 60 VSync signals to display screen object 1 per second. Each time display screen object 1 receives a VSync signal, it obtains the synthesis of video application 1 from buffer B. The image 1 to be displayed on the screen is a frame of image in the buffer B for display in the window 1 (the display window 608 in (4) of Figure 9), and the video is obtained from the buffer B. The image 2 to be displayed on the screen is synthesized by application 2. The image 2 to be displayed on the screen is a frame of image in buffer B for display in window 2 (display window 609 in (4) of Figure 9). As shown in (4) of FIG. 9 , the video image of video application 1 in the display window 608 is refreshed at a frequency of 60 frames/s, and the video image of video application 2 in the display window 609 is refreshed at a frequency of 60 frames/s.
2、悬浮窗场景:2. Floating window scene:
示例性的,本场景中,应用1为视频应用1,应用2为视频应用2,本端为手机,手机显示屏的最大FPS为180,手机的当前FPS为90(T0=1/90),视频应用1所需的FPS为120,视频应用2所需的FPS为60。那么图层合成模块分别按照视频应用1和视频应用2各自所需的FPS,来对从硬件采样的信号周期T0分别进行修改,可得到T21为1/120,T22为1/60。For example, in this scenario, application 1 is video application 1, application 2 is video application 2, the local terminal is a mobile phone, the maximum FPS of the mobile phone display is 180, and the current FPS of the mobile phone is 90 (T0=1/90), The required FPS for video application 1 is 120 and the required FPS for video application 2 is 60. Then the layer synthesis module respectively modifies the signal period T0 sampled from the hardware according to the FPS required by video application 1 and video application 2. It can be obtained that T21 is 1/120 and T22 is 1/60.
示例性的,结合图10,图10的(1)和图10的(2)的过程与图9的(1)和图9的(2)的过程相同,这里不再赘述,可参照对图9的(1)和图9的(2)的描述。For example, with reference to Figure 10 , the processes of (1) of Figure 10 and (2) of Figure 10 are the same as the processes of (1) of Figure 9 and (2) of Figure 9 , which will not be described in detail here. Refer to Figure 10 Description of (1) of 9 and (2) of Fig. 9 .
参照图10的(3),示例性的,用户可点击侧边栏中的视频应用2的图标6071,其中,该用户操作是一种分屏操作。如图10的(4)所示,手机可响应于该分屏操作,将手机的显示窗口分屏,包括显示窗口603(即显示界面603)和显示窗口610,如图10的(4)所示,示例性的,手机的显示窗口603用于显示视频应用1的应用界面,显示窗口610用于显 示视频应用2的应用界面。示例性的,显示窗口610为悬浮窗。示例性的,显示窗口610可包括最大化控件6102、最小化控件6103以及关闭控件6101。Referring to (3) of FIG. 10 , for example, the user can click the icon 6071 of the video application 2 in the sidebar, where the user operation is a split-screen operation. As shown in (4) of Figure 10, the mobile phone can respond to the split-screen operation by splitting the display window of the mobile phone, including the display window 603 (ie, the display interface 603) and the display window 610, as shown in (4) of Figure 10 As an example, the display window 603 of the mobile phone is used to display the application interface of the video application 1, and the display window 610 is used to display the application interface of the video application 1. Shows the application interface of video application 2. For example, the display window 610 is a floating window. For example, the display window 610 may include a maximize control 6102, a minimize control 6103, and a close control 6101.
示例性的,用户点击最大化控件6102,手机可响应于该用户操作,显示界面610最大化,最大化后的显示界面610作为手机的唯一显示界面,显示效果与图8的(4)所示的显示界面606类似,但是,显示界面的刷新率不同,这里为显示界面610的图像刷新率为120帧/s。For example, the user clicks the maximize control 6102, and the mobile phone can respond to the user operation by maximizing the display interface 610. The maximized display interface 610 serves as the only display interface of the mobile phone, and the display effect is as shown in (4) of Figure 8 The display interface 606 is similar, but the refresh rate of the display interface is different. Here, the image refresh rate of the display interface 610 is 120 frames/s.
示例性的,手机还可响应于该分屏操作,执行上述S402,以确定对视频应用1和视频应用2各自的待上屏图像,在送显至标记为主屏的显示屏对象1时的信号周期(T23)。如上文所述,视频应用1的图像绘制频率为120帧/s,绘制图像的信号周期T21为1/120,视频应用2的图像绘制频率为60帧/s,绘制图像的信号周期T22为1/60。Exemplarily, in response to the split-screen operation, the mobile phone may also perform the above-mentioned S402 to determine the respective images to be displayed on the video application 1 and the video application 2, and send a signal when displayed to the display screen object 1 marked as the main screen. period (T23). As mentioned above, the image drawing frequency of video application 1 is 120 frames/s, the signal period T21 of drawing images is 1/120, the image drawing frequency of video application 2 is 60 frames/s, and the signal period T22 of drawing images is 1 /60.
示例性的,图层合成模块可基于T21和T22来确定T23,关于确定T23的策略本申请不做限制,只要分窗应用所生成的图像都按照统一的信号周期T23送显即可。For example, the layer synthesis module can determine T23 based on T21 and T22. This application does not limit the strategy for determining T23, as long as the images generated by the windowing application are all sent for display according to the unified signal period T23.
在一些实施例中,图层合成模块在确定送显周期T23时,可将手机中的焦点窗口对应的信号周期作为送显周期T23。In some embodiments, when determining the display sending period T23, the layer synthesis module may use the signal period corresponding to the focus window in the mobile phone as the display sending period T23.
示例性的,如图10的(4)所示,用户手指点击的显示窗口603为焦点窗口。For example, as shown in (4) of Figure 10, the display window 603 clicked by the user's finger is the focus window.
如图10的(4)所示,焦点窗口(这里的显示窗口603)为视频应用1的视频画面的显示窗口,那么显示窗口603对应的信号周期为视频应用1对应的信号周期(T21,这里为1/120)。As shown in (4) of Figure 10, the focus window (display window 603 here) is the display window of the video picture of video application 1, then the signal period corresponding to the display window 603 is the signal period corresponding to video application 1 (T21, here is 1/120).
示例性的,T23=T21,那么图层合成模块可每秒发送120个VSync信号到显示屏对象1,显示屏对象1每接收到一个VSync信号,就从缓冲区B中获取对视频应用1合成的待上屏图像1,待上屏图像1为缓冲区B中用于显示在窗口1(图10的(4)中的显示窗口603)的一帧图像,以及从缓冲区B中获取对视频应用2合成的待上屏图像2,待上屏图像2为缓冲区B中用于显示在窗口2(图10的(4)中的显示窗口610)的一帧图像。如图10的(4)所示,显示窗口603内的视频应用1的视频图像以120帧/s的频率刷新,显示窗口610内的视频应用2的视频图像以120帧/s的频率刷新。For example, T23=T21, then the layer synthesis module can send 120 VSync signals to display screen object 1 per second. Each time display screen object 1 receives a VSync signal, it obtains the synthesis of video application 1 from buffer B. The image 1 to be displayed on the screen is a frame of image in the buffer B for display in the window 1 (the display window 603 in (4) of Figure 10), and the video is obtained from the buffer B. The image 2 to be displayed on the screen is synthesized by application 2. The image 2 to be displayed on the screen is a frame of image in buffer B for display in window 2 (display window 610 in (4) of Figure 10). As shown in (4) of FIG. 10 , the video image of video application 1 in the display window 603 is refreshed at a frequency of 120 frames/s, and the video image of video application 2 in the display window 610 is refreshed at a frequency of 120 frames/s.
2、画中画场景:2. Picture-in-picture scene:
示例性的,本场景中,应用1为桌面应用(可以是一种系统应用),应用2为视频应用2,本端为手机,手机显示屏的最大FPS为180,手机的当前FPS为90(T0=1/90),桌面应用所需的FPS为90,视频应用2所需的FPS为60。那么图层合成模块分别按照桌面应用和视频应用2各自所需的FPS,来对从硬件采样的信号周期T0分别进行修改,可得到T21为1/90,T22为1/60。For example, in this scenario, Application 1 is a desktop application (which can be a system application), Application 2 is a video application 2, and the local terminal is a mobile phone. The maximum FPS of the mobile phone display is 180, and the current FPS of the mobile phone is 90 ( T0=1/90), the FPS required for desktop application is 90, and the FPS required for video application 2 is 60. Then the layer synthesis module respectively modifies the signal period T0 sampled from the hardware according to the FPS required by the desktop application and video application 2 respectively. It can be obtained that T21 is 1/90 and T22 is 1/60.
示例性的,结合图11,图11的(1)和图11的(2)的过程与图8的(3)和图8的(4)的过程相同,这里不再赘述,可参照对图8的(3)和图8的(4)的描述。Illustratively, with reference to Figure 11 , the processes of (1) and (2) of Figure 11 are the same as the processes of (3) and (4) of Figure 8 , which will not be described again here. Refer to Figure 11 Description of (3) of 8 and (4) of Fig. 8 .
如图11的(1)所示,显示界面600显示的虽然是静态图像,但是,该显示界面600内的画面仍旧按照90帧/s的频率刷新,显示界面600的图像渲染、图像合成过程可参照关于图3a的举例说明,这里不再赘述。如图11的(2)所示,显示界面605内的视频画面以视频应用2对应的FPS(例如60帧/s)进行刷新显示。As shown in (1) of Figure 11, although the display interface 600 displays a static image, the images in the display interface 600 are still refreshed at a frequency of 90 frames/s. The image rendering and image synthesis process of the display interface 600 can be Refer to the illustration about Figure 3a, which will not be described again here. As shown in (2) of FIG. 11 , the video screen in the display interface 605 is refreshed and displayed at the FPS corresponding to the video application 2 (for example, 60 frames/s).
示例性的,在本实施方式中,视频应用2支持画中画功能,参照图11的(2)和图11 的(3),在用户从显示界面605的底部向上滑动后,手机可将视频应用2的显示界面605内的视频内容,在图11的(3)中的画中画窗口611内显示。如图11的(3)所示,手机的显示界面包括显示界面600(显示窗口600),以及画中画窗口611。Exemplarily, in this implementation, the video application 2 supports the picture-in-picture function, refer to (2) of Figure 11 and Figure 11 (3), after the user slides upward from the bottom of the display interface 605, the mobile phone can display the video content in the display interface 605 of the video application 2 in the picture-in-picture window 611 in (3) of Figure 11. As shown in (3) of Figure 11, the display interface of the mobile phone includes a display interface 600 (display window 600) and a picture-in-picture window 611.
示例性的,手机还可响应于图11的(2)中的用户上滑操作(一种分屏操作),以执行上述S402,以确定对桌面应用和视频应用2各自的待上屏图像,在送显至标记为主屏的显示屏对象1时的信号周期(T23)。如上文所述,桌面应用的图像绘制频率为90帧/s,绘制图像的信号周期T21为1/90,视频应用2的图像绘制频率为60帧/s,绘制图像的信号周期T22为1/60。Exemplarily, the mobile phone may also respond to the user's sliding up operation (a split-screen operation) in (2) of Figure 11 to perform the above S402 to determine the respective images to be displayed on the desktop application and the video application 2, The signal period (T23) when sending the display to display object 1 marked as the main screen. As mentioned above, the image drawing frequency of the desktop application is 90 frames/s, and the signal period T21 of the image drawing is 1/90. The image drawing frequency of the video application 2 is 60 frames/s, and the signal period T22 of the image drawing is 1/90. 60.
示例性的,图层合成模块可基于T21和T22来确定T23,关于确定T23的策略本申请不做限制,只要分窗应用所生成的图像都按照统一的信号周期T23送显即可。For example, the layer synthesis module can determine T23 based on T21 and T22. This application does not limit the strategy for determining T23, as long as the images generated by the windowing application are all sent for display according to the unified signal period T23.
在一些实施例中,图层合成模块在确定送显周期T23时,可将手机中的焦点窗口对应的信号周期作为送显周期T23。In some embodiments, when determining the display sending period T23, the layer synthesis module may use the signal period corresponding to the focus window in the mobile phone as the display sending period T23.
示例性的,如图11的(3)所示,用户手指点击的画中画窗口611为焦点窗口。For example, as shown in (3) of Figure 11, the picture-in-picture window 611 clicked by the user's finger is the focus window.
如图11的(4)所示,焦点窗口(这里的画中画窗口611)为视频应用2的视频画面的显示窗口,那么画中画窗口611对应的信号周期为视频应用2对应的信号周期(T22,这里为1/60)。As shown in (4) of Figure 11, the focus window (picture-in-picture window 611 here) is the display window of the video picture of video application 2, then the signal period corresponding to the picture-in-picture window 611 is the signal period corresponding to video application 2 (T22, here 1/60).
示例性的,T23=T22,那么图层合成模块可每秒发送60个VSync信号到显示屏对象1,显示屏对象1每接收到一个VSync信号,就从缓冲区B中获取对桌面应用合成的待上屏图像1,待上屏图像1为缓冲区B中用于显示在窗口1(图11的(3)中的显示窗口600)的一帧图像,以及从缓冲区B中获取对视频应用2合成的待上屏图像2,待上屏图像2为缓冲区B中用于显示在窗口2(图11的(3)中的画中画窗口611)的一帧图像。如图11的(3)所示,显示窗口600内的桌面应用的图像以60帧/s的频率刷新,画中画窗口611内的视频应用2的视频图像以60帧/s的频率刷新。For example, T23=T22, then the layer synthesis module can send 60 VSync signals to the display screen object 1 per second. Each time the display screen object 1 receives a VSync signal, it obtains the synthesized data for the desktop application from the buffer B. Image 1 to be displayed on the screen, image 1 to be displayed on the screen is a frame of image in buffer B for display in window 1 (display window 600 in (3) of Figure 11), and the video application is obtained from buffer B 2 synthesizes the image 2 to be displayed on the screen, and the image 2 to be displayed on the screen is a frame of image in buffer B for display in window 2 (picture-in-picture window 611 in (3) of Figure 11). As shown in (3) of FIG. 11 , the image of the desktop application in the display window 600 is refreshed at a frequency of 60 frames/s, and the video image of the video application 2 in the picture-in-picture window 611 is refreshed at a frequency of 60 frames/s.
在本申请实施例中,在电子设备处于分屏场景下,电子设备可按照分屏的应用(简称分窗应用)各自所需的刷新率对应的信号周期,来对不同的分窗应用按照各自的信号周期通知分窗应用绘帧,以及按照各分窗应用各自的信号周期对各分窗应用的已绘制图层进行图层合成和硬件合成,从而得到对应于各分窗应用的刷新率的待上屏图像。由于分窗应用显示在同一显示屏上,那么电子设备在对不同分窗应用的待上屏图像进行送显时,可按照统一的信号周期来进行送显,使得不同分窗应用的图像可按照同一周期显示到手机显示屏上。In the embodiment of the present application, when the electronic device is in a split-screen scenario, the electronic device can respond to different split-window applications according to the signal periods corresponding to the refresh rates required by the split-screen applications (referred to as split-window applications). The signal period notifies the window application to draw the frame, and performs layer synthesis and hardware synthesis on the drawn layers of each window application according to the signal period of each window application, thereby obtaining the refresh rate corresponding to each window application. Image to be displayed on screen. Since the split-window applications are displayed on the same display screen, when the electronic device displays the images to be displayed on the screen of different split-window applications, they can be displayed according to a unified signal cycle, so that the images of different split-window applications can be displayed according to the same signal cycle. The same cycle is displayed on the mobile phone display.
需要说明的是,在图5e、图5f、图6a至图6d中,相同的附图标记表示相同的对象,以及在图5b、图5d、图5d、以及图8至图11中,相同的附图标记表示相同的对象,因此,未对各附图的附图标记做逐一解释说明,相互参考即可,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that in Figures 5e, 5f, and 6a to 6d, the same reference numerals represent the same objects, and in Figures 5b, 5d, 5d, and 8 to 11, the same reference numerals represent the same objects. The reference numerals represent the same objects. Therefore, the reference numerals in each drawing are not explained one by one. It is enough to refer to each other and will not be described again here.
可以理解的是,电子设备为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件和/或软件模块。结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域技术人员可以结合实施例对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为 超出本申请的范围。It can be understood that, in order to implement the above functions, the electronic device includes corresponding hardware and/or software modules that perform each function. In conjunction with the algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions in conjunction with the embodiments for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered as beyond the scope of this application.
一个示例中,图12示出了本申请实施例的一种装置300的示意性框图装置300可包括:处理器301和收发器/收发管脚302,可选地,还包括存储器303。In one example, FIG. 12 shows a schematic block diagram of a device 300 according to an embodiment of the present application. The device 300 may include: a processor 301 and a transceiver/transceiver pin 302, and optionally, a memory 303.
装置300的各个组件通过总线304耦合在一起,其中总线304除包括数据总线之外,还包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图中将各种总线都称为总线304。The various components of device 300 are coupled together by bus 304, which includes, in addition to a data bus, a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus. However, for the sake of clear explanation, various buses are referred to as bus 304 in the figure.
在一些实施例中,存储器303可以用于前述方法实施例中的指令。该处理器301可用于执行存储器303中的指令,并控制接收管脚接收信号,以及控制发送管脚发送信号。In some embodiments, memory 303 may be used for instructions in the aforementioned method embodiments. The processor 301 can be used to execute instructions in the memory 303, and control the receiving pin to receive signals, and control the transmitting pin to send signals.
装置300可以是上述方法实施例中的电子设备或电子设备的芯片。The device 300 may be the electronic device or a chip of the electronic device in the above method embodiment.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。All relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be quoted from the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be described again here.
本实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当该计算机指令在电子设备上运行时,使得电子设备执行上述相关方法步骤实现上述实施例中的图像显示方法。This embodiment also provides a computer storage medium that stores computer instructions. When the computer instructions are run on an electronic device, the electronic device executes the above related method steps to implement the image display method in the above embodiment.
本实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述相关步骤,以实现上述实施例中的图像显示方法。This embodiment also provides a computer program product. When the computer program product is run on a computer, it causes the computer to perform the above related steps to implement the image display method in the above embodiment.
另外,本申请的实施例还提供一种装置,这个装置具体可以是芯片,组件或模块,该装置可包括相连的处理器和存储器;其中,存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当装置运行时,处理器可执行存储器存储的计算机执行指令,以使芯片执行上述各方法实施例中的图像显示方法。In addition, embodiments of the present application also provide a device. This device may be a chip, a component or a module. The device may include a connected processor and a memory. The memory is used to store computer execution instructions. When the device is running, The processor can execute computer execution instructions stored in the memory, so that the chip executes the image display method in each of the above method embodiments.
其中,本实施例提供的电子设备、计算机存储介质、计算机程序产品或芯片均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。Among them, the electronic equipment, computer storage media, computer program products or chips provided in this embodiment are all used to execute the corresponding methods provided above. Therefore, the beneficial effects they can achieve can be referred to the corresponding methods provided above. The beneficial effects of the method will not be repeated here.
通过以上实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, only the division of the above functional modules is used as an example. In practical applications, the above functions can be allocated to different modules according to needs. The functional module is completed, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。A unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separate. A component shown as a unit may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, it may be located in one place, or it may be distributed to multiple different places. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是 各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, or it can be Each unit physically exists alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit. The above integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional units.
本申请各个实施例的任意内容,以及同一实施例的任意内容,均可以自由组合。对上述内容的任意组合均在本申请的范围之内。Any contents of various embodiments of this application, as well as any contents of the same embodiment, can be freely combined. Any combination of the above is within the scope of this application.
集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。Integrated units may be stored in a readable storage medium if they are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or contribute to the existing technology, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to cause a device (which can be a microcontroller, a chip, etc.) or a processor to execute all or part of the steps of the methods of various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下,在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本申请的保护之内。The embodiments of the present application have been described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. However, the present application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific implementations. The above-mentioned specific implementations are only illustrative and not restrictive. Those of ordinary skill in the art will Inspired by this application, many forms can be made without departing from the purpose of this application and the scope protected by the claims, all of which fall within the protection of this application.
结合本申请实施例公开内容所描述的方法或者算法的步骤可以硬件的方式来实现,也可以是由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable ROM,EPROM)、电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、只读光盘(CD-ROM)或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于网络设备中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于网络设备中。The steps of the methods or algorithms described in connection with the disclosure of the embodiments of this application can be implemented in hardware or by a processor executing software instructions. Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules. Software modules can be stored in random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), flash memory, read only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), erasable programmable read only memory ( Erasable Programmable ROM (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM), register, hard disk, removable hard disk, compact disc (CD-ROM) or any other form of storage media well known in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor. The processor and storage media may be located in an ASIC. Additionally, the ASIC can be located in a network device. Of course, the processor and storage media can also exist as discrete components in the network device.
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,在上述一个或多个示例中,本申请实施例所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质,其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。Those skilled in the art should realize that in one or more of the above examples, the functions described in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented using hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Computer-readable media includes computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another. Storage media can be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下,在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本申请的保护之内。 The embodiments of the present application have been described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. However, the present application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific implementations. The above-mentioned specific implementations are only illustrative and not restrictive. Those of ordinary skill in the art will Inspired by this application, many forms can be made without departing from the purpose of this application and the scope protected by the claims, all of which fall within the protection of this application.

Claims (16)

  1. 一种图像显示方法,其特征在于,应用于第一电子设备,所述第一电子设备与第二电子设备通信连接;所述方法包括:An image display method, characterized in that it is applied to a first electronic device, and the first electronic device is communicatively connected to a second electronic device; the method includes:
    所述第一电子设备响应于接收到的图像显示请求,基于第一刷新率和第二刷新率,将图像绘制周期缩短为第一周期;其中,所述第一刷新率为所述第一电子设备的第一显示屏的刷新率,所述第二刷新率为所述第二电子设备的第二显示屏的刷新率,所述第一刷新率小于所述第二刷新率;In response to the received image display request, the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to a first cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate; wherein the first refresh rate is the first electronic device. The refresh rate of the first display screen of the device, the second refresh rate is the refresh rate of the second display screen of the second electronic device, the first refresh rate is less than the second refresh rate;
    所述第一电子设备按照所述第一周期绘制多帧第一图像;The first electronic device draws multiple frames of first images according to the first cycle;
    所述第一电子设备按照第二周期将对应的部分所述第一图像显示至所述第一显示屏;The first electronic device displays the corresponding part of the first image to the first display screen according to a second cycle;
    所述第一电子设备按照第三周期将对应的部分或者全部所述第一图像发送至所述第二电子设备;其中,所述第二周期大于所述第三周期。The first electronic device sends the corresponding part or all of the first image to the second electronic device according to a third period; wherein the second period is greater than the third period.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一电子设备按照第二周期将对应的部分所述第一图像显示至所述第一显示屏,包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the first electronic device displays the corresponding part of the first image on the first display screen according to a second cycle, including:
    所述第一电子设备基于所述第一刷新率和所述第一周期,确定第二周期;The first electronic device determines a second period based on the first refresh rate and the first period;
    所述第一电子设备按照所述第二周期将对应的部分所述第一图像显示至所述第一显示屏,其中,所述第一图像以所述第一刷新率显示在所述第一显示屏。The first electronic device displays the corresponding part of the first image to the first display screen according to the second cycle, wherein the first image is displayed on the first display screen at the first refresh rate. display.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一电子设备包括第一显示屏对象;The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the first electronic device includes a first display screen object;
    所述第一电子设备按照第二周期将对应的部分所述第一图像显示至所述第一显示屏,包括:The first electronic device displays the corresponding part of the first image on the first display screen according to the second cycle, including:
    所述第一电子设备按照所述第二周期,发送第一垂直同步信号至所述第一显示屏对象,以使所述第一显示屏对象按照所述第二周期获取部分所述第一图像;其中,所述第一显示屏对象用于管理所述第一显示屏的输入数据和输出数据;The first electronic device sends a first vertical synchronization signal to the first display screen object according to the second period, so that the first display screen object acquires part of the first image according to the second period. ; Wherein, the first display screen object is used to manage the input data and output data of the first display screen;
    所述第一电子设备通过所述第一显示屏对象,按照所述第二周期将对应的部分所述第一图像显示至所述第一显示屏。The first electronic device displays the corresponding part of the first image on the first display screen according to the second cycle through the first display screen object.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一电子设备按照第三周期将对应的部分或者全部所述第一图像发送至所述第二电子设备进行显示,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that the first electronic device sends the corresponding part or all of the first image to the second electronic device for display according to a third cycle. ,include:
    所述第一电子设备基于所述第二刷新率和所述第一周期,确定第三周期;The first electronic device determines a third period based on the second refresh rate and the first period;
    所述第一电子设备按照所述第三周期,将对应的部分或者全部所述第一图像发送至所述第二电子设备进行显示,其中,所述第一图像以所述第二刷新率显示在所述第二显示屏。The first electronic device sends the corresponding part or all of the first image to the second electronic device for display according to the third cycle, wherein the first image is displayed at the second refresh rate. on the second display screen.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一电子设备包括第二显示屏对象; The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first electronic device includes a second display screen object;
    所述第一电子设备按照第三周期将对应的部分或者全部所述第一图像发送至所述第二电子设备进行显示,包括:The first electronic device sends the corresponding part or all of the first image to the second electronic device for display according to the third cycle, including:
    所述第一电子设备按照所述第三周期,发送第二垂直同步信号至所述第二显示屏对象,以使所述第二显示屏对象按照所述第三周期获取部分或者全部所述第一图像;其中,所述第二显示屏对象用于管理所述第二显示屏的输入数据和输出数据;The first electronic device sends a second vertical synchronization signal to the second display screen object according to the third period, so that the second display screen object obtains part or all of the third display screen object according to the third period. An image; wherein the second display screen object is used to manage the input data and output data of the second display screen;
    所述第一电子设备通过所述第二显示屏对象,按照所述第三周期将对应的部分或者全部所述第一图像发送至所述第二电子设备以显示在所述第二显示屏。The first electronic device sends the corresponding part or all of the first image to the second electronic device according to the third cycle through the second display screen object to display on the second display screen.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一电子设备基于第一刷新率和第二刷新率,将图像绘制周期缩短为第一周期,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to a first cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, including:
    所述第一电子设备在获取到从所述第一显示屏采样的图像绘制周期时,所述第一电子设备基于所述第一刷新率和所述第二刷新率,将所述图像绘制周期修改为第一周期,其中,修改前的图像绘制周期为所述第一刷新率的倒数。When the first electronic device acquires the image drawing cycle sampled from the first display screen, the first electronic device changes the image drawing cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate. Modified to a first period, where the image drawing period before modification is the reciprocal of the first refresh rate.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一电子设备基于第一刷新率和第二刷新率,将图像绘制周期缩短为第一周期,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to a first cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, including:
    所述第一电子设备基于所述第一刷新率和所述第二刷新率的最小公倍数,确定第三刷新率;The first electronic device determines a third refresh rate based on a least common multiple of the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate;
    所述第一电子设备基于所述第三刷新率,将所述图像绘制周期缩短为所述第一周期,其中,所述第一周期为所述第三刷新率的倒数。The first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to the first cycle based on the third refresh rate, where the first cycle is the reciprocal of the third refresh rate.
  8. 根据权利要求1至6中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一电子设备基于第一刷新率和第二刷新率,将图像绘制周期缩短为第一周期,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to a first cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, including:
    所述第一电子设备基于所述第一刷新率和所述第二刷新率中的最大刷新率,确定第一周期;The first electronic device determines a first period based on a maximum refresh rate among the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate;
    所述第一电子设备将所述图像绘制周期缩短为所述第一周期;The first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to the first cycle;
    其中,所述第一周期为所述最大刷新率的倒数。Wherein, the first period is the reciprocal of the maximum refresh rate.
  9. 根据权利要求1至6中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一电子设备基于第一刷新率和第二刷新率,将图像绘制周期缩短为第一周期,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to a first cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, including:
    所述第一电子设备基于第一刷新率和第二刷新率,确定第四刷新率,其中,所述第四刷新率大于所述第一刷新率和所述第二刷新率中的最大刷新率;The first electronic device determines a fourth refresh rate based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, wherein the fourth refresh rate is greater than the maximum refresh rate among the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate. ;
    所述第一电子设备基于所述第四刷新率,将所述图像绘制周期缩短为所述第一周期,其中,所述第一周期为所述第四刷新率的倒数。The first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle to the first cycle based on the fourth refresh rate, where the first cycle is the reciprocal of the fourth refresh rate.
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一图像包括第二图像,其中,所述第二图像的数量与所述第一图像的数量的比值,为所述第一刷新率与所述第二刷新率的比值; The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that the first image includes a second image, wherein the ratio of the number of the second image to the number of the first image is The ratio of the first refresh rate to the second refresh rate;
    所述第一电子设备按照第二周期将对应的部分所述第一图像显示至所述第一显示屏,包括:The first electronic device displays the corresponding part of the first image on the first display screen according to the second cycle, including:
    所述第一电子设备按照第二周期将所述第二图像显示至所述第一显示屏;The first electronic device displays the second image to the first display screen according to a second cycle;
    所述第一电子设备按照第三周期将对应的部分或者全部所述第一图像发送至所述第二电子设备,包括:The first electronic device sends the corresponding part or all of the first image to the second electronic device according to the third cycle, including:
    所述第一电子设备按照第三周期将所述多帧第一图像发送至所述第二电子设备。The first electronic device sends the multiple frames of first images to the second electronic device according to a third cycle.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一电子设备响应于接收到的图像显示请求,基于第一刷新率和第二刷新率,将图像绘制周期缩短为第一周期,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, characterized in that, in response to the received image display request, the first electronic device shortens the image drawing cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate. For the first cycle, include:
    所述第一电子设备接收对第一应用的图像显示请求;The first electronic device receives an image display request for the first application;
    所述第一电子设备响应于所述图像显示请求,基于所述第一刷新率和所述第二刷新率,将所述第一应用的图像绘制周期缩短为所述第一周期,其中,所述第一图像为所述第一应用待显示至所述第一显示屏的图像。The first electronic device responds to the image display request and shortens the image drawing cycle of the first application to the first cycle based on the first refresh rate and the second refresh rate, wherein the The first image is an image to be displayed by the first application on the first display screen.
  12. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括:存储器和处理器,所述存储器和所述处理器耦合;所述存储器存储有程序指令,所述程序指令由所述处理器执行时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1至11中任意一项所述的图像显示方法。An electronic device, characterized in that it includes: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device The device performs the image display method according to any one of claims 1 to 11.
  13. 一种图像显示系统,其特征在于,包括权利要求12所述的电子设备。An image display system, characterized by comprising the electronic device according to claim 12.
  14. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在电子设备上运行时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1至11中任意一项所述的图像显示方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that it includes a computer program that, when the computer program is run on an electronic device, causes the electronic device to execute the image display method according to any one of claims 1 to 11 .
  15. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器;所述接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号,并向所述处理器发送所述信号,所述信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令;当所述处理器执行所述计算机指令时,使得所述电子设备执行权利要求1至11中任意一项所述的图像显示方法。A chip, characterized in that it includes one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from a memory of an electronic device and send the signals to the processor, and the The signal includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is caused to perform the image display method according to any one of claims 1 to 11.
  16. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至11中任意一项所述的图像显示方法。 A computer program product containing instructions, characterized in that when the computer program product is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the image display method according to any one of claims 1 to 11.
PCT/CN2023/083430 2022-03-30 2023-03-23 Image display method, and electronic devices WO2023185636A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210325714.4A CN116931853A (en) 2022-03-30 2022-03-30 Image display method and electronic equipment
CN202210325714.4 2022-03-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023185636A1 true WO2023185636A1 (en) 2023-10-05

Family

ID=88199288

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/083430 WO2023185636A1 (en) 2022-03-30 2023-03-23 Image display method, and electronic devices

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116931853A (en)
WO (1) WO2023185636A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111767013A (en) * 2020-06-01 2020-10-13 Oppo(重庆)智能科技有限公司 Control method, control device, electronic device, computer-readable storage medium
CN112667340A (en) * 2020-12-31 2021-04-16 努比亚技术有限公司 Screen refresh control method, mobile terminal and computer readable storage medium
CN113596231A (en) * 2021-07-28 2021-11-02 努比亚技术有限公司 Screen projection display control method and device and computer readable storage medium

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111767013A (en) * 2020-06-01 2020-10-13 Oppo(重庆)智能科技有限公司 Control method, control device, electronic device, computer-readable storage medium
CN112667340A (en) * 2020-12-31 2021-04-16 努比亚技术有限公司 Screen refresh control method, mobile terminal and computer readable storage medium
CN113596231A (en) * 2021-07-28 2021-11-02 努比亚技术有限公司 Screen projection display control method and device and computer readable storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116931853A (en) 2023-10-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN113553014B (en) Application interface display method under multi-window screen projection scene and electronic equipment
WO2022052773A1 (en) Multi-window screen projection method and electronic device
WO2021139768A1 (en) Interaction method for cross-device task processing, and electronic device and storage medium
WO2021057830A1 (en) Information processing method and electronic device
WO2021129253A1 (en) Method for displaying multiple windows, and electronic device and system
US20230419570A1 (en) Image Processing Method and Electronic Device
WO2020221063A1 (en) Method of switching between parent page and subpage, and related device
WO2020207354A1 (en) Task processing method, apparatus, terminal, and computer readable storage medium
WO2022105445A1 (en) Browser-based application screen projection method and related apparatus
WO2022100304A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transferring application content across devices, and electronic device
WO2022199509A1 (en) Method for application performing drawing operation, and electronic device
CN112527174B (en) Information processing method and electronic equipment
WO2022267733A1 (en) Method for dynamically adjusting frame-dropping threshold value, and related devices
WO2022017205A1 (en) Method for displaying multiple windows and electronic device
WO2022127661A1 (en) Application sharing method, and electronic device and storage medium
CN113806105A (en) Message processing method and device, electronic equipment and readable storage medium
CN112527222A (en) Information processing method and electronic equipment
WO2022083465A1 (en) Electronic device screen projection method, medium thereof, and electronic device
WO2022222924A1 (en) Method for adjusting screen projection display parameters
WO2021190524A1 (en) Screenshot processing method, graphic user interface and terminal
WO2023005900A1 (en) Screen projection method, electronic device, and system
WO2021052488A1 (en) Information processing method and electronic device
WO2023185636A1 (en) Image display method, and electronic devices
WO2022068882A1 (en) Mirroring method, apparatus and system
WO2022206600A1 (en) Screen projection method and system, and related apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23778005

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1